division 23 - halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/division-23-heating... · division 23 heating,...

192
DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

Upload: others

Post on 10-Mar-2020

1 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

DIVISION 23

HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING

Page 2: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 3: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 00 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. HVAC Pipe and Pipe Fittings

2. Joining Materials

3. HVAC Sleeves

4. HVAC Sleeve Seals

5. HVAC Specialties

6. HVAC Piping System Installation

7. HVAC Equipment Installation

8. Concrete Bases.

9. Erection of Metal Supports

10. Erection of Wood Supports

11. Cutting and Patching

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination

2. Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching

3. Section 01 78 43 - Spare Parts and Materials

4. Section 01 79 00 - Training

5. Section 01 78 23 - Operating and Maintenance Data

6. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

7. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

8. Section 06 10 01 - Rough Carpentry

9. Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim

10. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping

11. Section 08 31 00 - Access Doors

12. Section 09 90 00 - Painting

13. Section 23 05 53 – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment: Labeling and

identifying HVAC systems and equipment.

14. Section 31 20 00 – Earth Moving

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

Page 4: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. A53 "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless"

2. B32 "Standard Specification for Solder Metal"

3. C1107 "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout

(Nonshrink)"

B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

1. BRH "Brazing Handbook"

2. A5.8 "Specification for Filler Metals For Brazing And Braze Welding"

3. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"

4. D10.12 "Guide for Welding Mild Steel Pipe"

C. Copper Development Association (CDA) Publications:

1. "Copper Tube Handbook"

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Finished Spaces: Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms, furred

spaces, pipe and duct shafts, unheated spaces immediately below roof, spaces above

ceilings, unexcavated spaces, crawl spaces, and tunnels.

B. Exposed, Interior Installations: Exposed to view indoors. Examples include finished

occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms.

C. Exposed, Exterior Installations: Exposed to view outdoors, or subject to outdoor ambient

temperatures and weather conditions. Examples include rooftop locations.

D. Concealed, Interior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from physical

contact by building occupants. Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts.

E. Concealed, Exterior Installations: Concealed from view and protected from weather

conditions and physical contact by building occupants, but subject to outdoor ambient

temperatures. Examples include installations within unheated shelters.

F. The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials:

1. ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.

2. CPVC: Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic.

3. PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: For dielectric fittings, flexible connectors, plumbing sleeve seals, and

identification materials and devices.

2. Coordination Drawings: Detail major elements, components, and systems of

plumbing equipment and materials in relationship with other systems, installations,

and building components. Show space requirements for installation and access.

Page 5: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow

of the Work. Include the following:

a. Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty locations and valve-stem

movement.

b. Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.

c. Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment, accessories, and

specialties, including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance.

d. Equipment and accessory service connections and support details.

e. Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.

f. Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.

g. Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases.

h. Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large equipment into

building during construction.

i. Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors, walls, and

ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Equipment Selection: Equipment of higher electrical characteristics, physical

dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment

is approved in writing and connecting plumbing and electrical services, circuit breakers,

conduit, motors, bases, and equipment spaces are increased. Additional costs shall be

approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these increases.

1. If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified, equipment

must meet design requirements. See drawings for equipment schedules and

requirements.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver pipes and tubes with factory-applied end caps. Maintain end caps through

shipping, storage, and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt,

debris, and moisture.

B. Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above grade. Do not

exceed structural capacity of floor, if stored inside.

Page 6: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Protect flanges, fittings, and piping specialties from moisture and dirt.

D. Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight. Support to prevent sagging and

bending.

1.07 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate HVAC equipment installation with other building components.

B. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, and openings in building structure during progress

of construction to allow for mechanical installations.

C. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured-in-place

concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

D. Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment

for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate installation of large equipment requiring

positioning before closing in building.

E. Coordinate connection of HVAC systems with exterior underground and overhead

utilities and services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised

service companies, and controlling agencies.

F. Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items requiring

access are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in

Section 08 31 00 - "Access Doors and Panels."

G. Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting, if

devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical

ceilings and similar concealment.

1.08 Posted Operating Instructions

A. Provide and post operating instructions for all HVAC systems.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. HVAC Sleeve Seals:

a. Metraflex Inc. (800-621-4347)

b. PSI-Thunderline/Link-Seal (800-423-2410)

2.02 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements” for VOC

limits for adhesive and sealant products in this Section.

B. Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B32.

1. Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver, with

0.10 percent lead content.

2. Alloy E: Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper, with 0.10 percent

maximum lead content.

Page 7: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3. Alloy HA: Tin-antimony-silver-copper zinc, with 0.10 percent maximum lead

content.

4. Alloy HB: Tin-antimony-silver-copper nickel, with 0.10 percent maximum lead

content.

5. Alloy Sb5: 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony, with 0.20 percent maximum lead

content.

C. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8.

1. BCuP Series: Copper-phosphorus alloys.

2. BAg1: Silver alloy.

3. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12 for welding materials appropriate

for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.

2.03 HVAC SLEEVES

A. Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof penetrations:

1. Steel Sheet Metal: 0.0239-inch minimum thickness, galvanized, round tube closed

with welded longitudinal joint.

2. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized, plain ends.

3. Cast Iron: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe" equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,

with plain ends and integral water stop, unless otherwise indicated.

4. Stack Sleeve Fittings: Manufactured, cast-iron sleeve with integral clamping flange.

Include clamping ring and bolts and nuts for membrane flashing.

a. Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set screws.

2.04 HVAC SLEEVE SEALS

A. Description: Modular design, with interlocking rubber links shaped to continuously fill

annular space between pipe and sleeve. Include connecting bolts and pressure plates.

B. Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements” for VOC

limits for adhesive and sealant products in this Section.

2.05 HVAC SPECIALTIES

A. Grout:

1. Non-shrink, Nonmetallic Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B.

a. Characteristics: Post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout,

non-staining, non-corrosive, nongaseous, and recommended for interior and

exterior applications.

b. Design Mix: 5000-psig, 28-day compressive strength.

c. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

Page 8: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Install HVAC piping as described below, unless piping Sections specifies

otherwise. Individual Division 23 Piping Sections specifies unique piping installation

requirements.

B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate

general location and arrangement of piping systems. Install piping as indicated, unless

deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings as required by Division 01

Sections and as outlined in Part 1 of this section.

C. Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating

pressure.

D. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations, except in equipment rooms

and service areas.

E. Install piping free of sags and bends.

F. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls.

Diagonal runs are prohibited, unless otherwise indicated.

G. Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other building elements.

Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.

H. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch clearance around insulation.

I. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls, and concrete floor

and roof slabs.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or

other wet areas 2 inches above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve

fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping rings where required.

2. Build sleeves into walls and slabs as work progresses.

3. Install sleeves large enough to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve

and pipe or pipe insulation.

4. Use Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O, neutral-curing silicone sealant.

J. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and

mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and

sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.

1. Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches in diameter.

2. Install cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves 6 inches in diameter and larger.

3. Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer's written

instructions. Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make

watertight seal.

Page 9: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

K. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and

floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with fire stopping materials. Refer to

Section 07 84 00 - "Firestopping" for materials.

L. Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing-

in requirements.

M. Piping Joint Construction: Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in

individual piping specification Sections:

1. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.

2. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings

before assembly.

3. Soldered Joints: Construct joints according to CDA’s "Copper Tube Handbook."

4. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS’s "Brazing Handbook," Chapter

"Pipe and Tube."

3.02 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom, if mounting heights is not

indicated.

B. Install equipment according to approved submittal data. Portions of the Work are

shown only in diagrammatic form. Refer conflicts to Owner’s Representative.

C. Install equipment level and plumb, parallel and perpendicular to other building systems

and components in exposed interior spaces, unless otherwise indicated.

D. Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or

replacement of components. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with

minimum interference to other installations. Extend grease fittings to accessible

locations.

E. Clearance from Electrical Equipment: Piping and ductwork are prohibited in electric

rooms and closets, elevator machine rooms and installation over transformers,

switchboards and motor control centers.

3.03 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and

elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and equipment.

B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--Steel."

C. Prime and paint all metal supports per Section 09 90 00 requirements similar to “Pipes

and Mechanical Equipment”.

3.04 ERECTION OF WOOD SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE

A. Cut, fit, and place wood grounds, nailers, blocking, and anchorage to support and anchor

HVAC materials and equipment.

B. Select fastener sizes that will not penetrate members if opposite side will be exposed to

view or will receive finish materials. Tighten connections between members. Install

fasteners without splitting wood members.

Page 10: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR HVAC 23 05 00-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Attach to substrates as required to support applied loads.

3.05 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. Cut, channel, chase, and drill floors, walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces

necessary for mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades

involved.

B. Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.

C. Refer to Division 01 Sections for additional requirements.

3.06 GROUTING

A. Install nonmetallic, non-shrink, grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces,

pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors. Mix grout according to

manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.

C. Provide forms as required for placement of grout.

D. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout.

E. Place grout, completely filling equipment bases.

F. Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for equipment.

G. Place grout around anchors.

H. Cure placed grout according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 11: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 13 - COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Basic Motor Requirements

2. Polyphase Motors

3. Single Phase Motors

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Division 23 Sections for application of motors and reference to specific motor

requirements for motor-driven equipment.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Publications:

1. 112 “Standard Test Procedure for Polyphase Induction Motors and Generators”

B. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:

1. MG 1 “Motors and Generators”

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 70 "National Electric Code"

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: Show nameplate data and ratings; characteristics; mounting

arrangements; size and location of winding termination lugs, conduit entry, and

grounding lug; and coatings.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with NFPA 70.

B. Listing and Labeling: Provide motors specified in this Section that are listed and labeled.

1. Terms "Listed and Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 BASIC MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Basic requirements apply to mechanical equipment motors, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Motors 1/2 HP and Larger: Polyphase.

C. Motors Smaller than 1/2 HP: Single phase.

D. Frequency Rating: 60 Hz.

Page 12: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

E. Voltage Rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected.

F. Service Factor: According to NEMA MG 1, general purpose continuous duty, design type

“B.”

G. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Rated for continuous duty and sufficient to start,

accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, in indicated environment,

with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or

considering service factor.

H. Enclosure: Open drip-proof, unless otherwise indicated.

I. Efficiency: Motors shall have a higher efficiency rating than industry standard average

motor as delineated in IEEE Standard 112, Test Method 13.

2.02 POLYPHASE MOTORS

A. Description: NEMA MG 1, medium induction motor.

1. Design Characteristics: NEMA MG 1, Design B, unless otherwise indicated.

2. Energy-Efficient Design: Where indicated.

3. Stator: Copper windings, unless otherwise indicated. Multi-speed motors have

separate winding for each speed.

4. Rotor: Squirrel cage, unless otherwise indicated.

5. Bearings: Double-shielded, pre-lubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and

thrust loading.

6. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating, unless otherwise indicated.

7. Insulation: Class F, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Motors Used with Reduced-Inrush Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements

for indicated controller, with required motor leads brought to motor terminal box to suit

control method.

C. Motors Used with Variable-Frequency Controllers: Ratings, characteristics, and features

coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.

1. Critical vibration frequencies are not within operating range of controller output.

2. Temperature Rise: Match rating for Class B insulation.

3. Insulation: Class H

4. Thermal Protection: Where indicated, conform to NEMA MG 1 requirements for

thermally protected motors.

D. Source Quality Control: Perform the following routine tests according to NEMA MG 1:

1. Measurement of winding resistance.

2. No-load readings of current and speed at rated voltage and frequency.

3. Locked rotor current at rated frequency.

4. High-potential test.

5. Alignment

Page 13: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT 23 05 13-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2.03 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

A. Type: As indicated or selected by manufacturer from one of the following, to suit

starting torque and other requirements of specific motor application.

1. Permanent-split capacitor.

2. Split-phase start, capacitor run.

3. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. Shaded-Pole Motors: Do not use, unless motors are smaller than 1/20 hp.

C. Thermal Protection: Where indicated or required, internal protection automatically

opens power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value

calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal protection device

automatically resets when motor temperature returns to normal range, unless otherwise

indicated.

D. Bearings: Ball-bearing type for belt-connected motors and other motors with high radial

forces on motor shaft. Sealed, pre-lubricated sleeve bearings for other single-phase

motors.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ADJUSTING

A. Use adjustable motor mounting bases for belt-driven motors.

B. Align pulleys and install belts.

C. Tension according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 14: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 15: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 29 - HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Hangers And Supports For HVAC System Piping And Equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 05 50 00 (05500) - Metal Fabrications

3. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting

4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and

Equipment

1.02 REFERENCES

A. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:

1. B31.9 “Building Services Piping”

B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

1. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"

C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”

2. A780 "Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged and Uncoated Areas of Hot-Dip

Galvanized Coatings"

3. C552 “Standard Specification for Cellular Glass Thermal Insulation”

4. C1107 "Standard Specification for Packaged Dry, Hydraulic-Cement Grout

(Nonshrink)"

D. Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (MFMA)

E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)

Publications:

1. SP-6 “Standard Finishes for Contact Faces of Pipe Flanges and Connecting-End

Flanges of Valves and Fittings”

2. SP-58 “Pipe Hangers and Supports - Materials, Design, and Manufacture”

3. SP-69 “ANSI/MSS Edition Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application”

4. SP-89 “Pipe Hangers and Supports -Fabrication and Installation Practices”

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. MSS: Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry.

Page 16: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Terminology: As defined in MSS SP-90, "Guidelines on Terminology for Pipe Hangers and

Supports.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. For each type of pipe hanger, channel support system component, and thermal-

hanger shield insert indicated.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Engineering Responsibility: Where required by the local authority having jurisdiction

design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe

support, trapeze, and seismic restraint by a qualified professional engineer.

1. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally

qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced

in providing engineering services of the kind indicated. Engineering services are

defined as those performed for installations of hangers and supports that are similar

to those indicated for this Project in material, design, and extent.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc. (618-654-2184)

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company (800-500-4768)

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation (609-261-5353)

2. Channel Support Systems:

a. Cooper B-Line, Inc. (618-654-2184)

b. Grinnell Mechanical Products, A Tyco International Company (800-500-4768)

c. National Pipe Hanger Corporation (609-261-5353)

3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

a. Carpenter & Patterson, Inc. (301.333.4631)

b. Erico (Michigan Hanger) (440-248-0100)

c. PHS Industries, Inc. (800-626-2336)

4. Powder-Actuated and Mechanical Anchor Fastener Systems:

a. Gunnebo Fastening Corp. (800-336-1640)

b. Hilti, Inc.(800-879-8000)

c. ITW Ramset/Red Head (800-899-7890)

Page 17: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2.02 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Pipe Hangers, Supports, and Components:

1. MSS SP-58, factory-fabricated components. Refer to "Hanger and Support

Applications" Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types.

a. Galvanized, Metallic Coatings: For piping and equipment that will not have

field-applied finish.

b. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where

attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

B. Channel Support Systems:

1. MFMA-2, Factory-fabricated components for field assembly.

2. Coatings: Manufacturer's standard finish.

3. Nonmetallic Coatings: On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments

are in direct contact with copper tubing.

C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts:

1. 100-psi minimum compressive-strength insulation, encased in sheet metal shield.

2. Material for Cold Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

3. Material for Hot Piping: ASTM C552, Type I cellular glass.

4. For Trapeze or Clamped System: Insert and shield cover entire circumference of

pipe.

5. For Clevis or Band Hanger: Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe.

6. Insert Length: Extend 2 inches beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below

ambient air temperature.

2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drive-pin attachments

with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building

materials where used.

B. Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out and shear

capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

C. Structural Steel: ASTM A36, steel plates, shapes, and bars, black and galvanized.

D. Grout: ASTM C1107, Grade B, factory-mixed and -packaged, non-shrink and nonmetallic,

dry, hydraulic-cement grout.

1. Characteristics: Post hardening and volume adjusting; recommended for both

interior and exterior applications.

2. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous.

3. Design Mix: 5000-psi, 28-day compressive strength.

Page 18: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS

A. General:

1. Specific hanger requirements are specified in Sections specifying equipment and

systems.

2. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not

specified in piping system Specification Sections.

B. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as

specified in piping system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or

insulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 30.

2. Steel Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 4): For suspension of cold and hot pipes, NPS 1/2 to

NPS 24 if little or no insulation is required.

3. Pipe Hangers (MSS Type 5): For suspension of pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 4 to allow off-

center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection.

4. Adjustable Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated

stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

5. Adjustable Band Hangers (MSS Type 9): For suspension of noninsulated stationary

pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 8.

6. Adjustable Swivel-Ring Band Hangers (MSS Type 10): For suspension of

noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 1/2 to NPS 2.

7. Split Pipe-Ring with or without Turnbuckle-Adjustment Hangers (MSS ype 11): For

suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes, NPS 3/8 to NPS 8.

8. Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 38): For stanchion-type support for

pipes, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 36 if vertical adjustment is required, with steel pipe base

stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange.

C. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping

system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers, NPS 3/4 to

NPS 20 (DN20 to DN500).

D. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping

system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches for heavy loads.

E. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping

system Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist

construction to attach to top flange of structural shape.

2. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of

beams, channels, or angles.

Page 19: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads

are considerable and rod sizes are large.

4. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes.

5. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below or for suspending from

above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb.

b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb.

F. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system

Specification Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with

insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended by manufacturer to

prevent crushing insulation.

3.02 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Pipe Hanger and Support Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install

hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from

building structure.

B. Channel Support System Installation: Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of piping and

support together on field-assembled channel systems.

1. Field assemble and install according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Install building attachments to structural steel. Space attachments within maximum

piping span length indicated in MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at

concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, and expansion joints, and

at changes in direction of piping.

D. Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and

completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool

manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's

operating manual.

E. Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely

cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers,

and other accessories.

G. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of

piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate

action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

H. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and

stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

I. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so

maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9, "Building Services Piping," is not

exceeded.

Page 20: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

J. Insulated Piping: Comply with the following:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through

insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield

insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME B31.9.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39 protection saddles, if insulation without vapor barrier is

indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40 protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier.

Shields shall span arc of 180 degrees.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN8 to DN90): 12 inches long and 0.048 inch thick.

b. NPS 4 (DN100): 12 inches long and 0.06 inch thick.

5. Insert Material: Length at least as long as protective shield.

3.03 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to

support equipment above floor.

B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface.

C. Prime and Paint Equipment Supports as specified in Section 09 90 00 “Painting”.

3.04 METAL FABRICATION

A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy-duty steel trapezes and

equipment supports.

B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld connections that

cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size limitations.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1 procedures for shielded metal arc welding,

appearance and quality of welds, and methods used in correcting welding work, and with

the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and

corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and

contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments to level

equipment and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.

Page 21: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 29-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.06 PAINTING

A. Touching Up: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and

abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 09 90 00

“Painting”.

B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply

galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A780.

END OF SECTION

Page 22: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 23: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 48 - VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Vibration Isolators.

2. Seismic Controls.

3. Vibration Isolation Bases.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 03 30 00 (03300) - Cast-In-Place Concrete

3. Section 04 20 00 (04200) - Unit Masonry

4. Section 05 12 00 (05120) - Structural Steel

5. Section 06 10 01 (06100) - Rough Carpentry

6. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting

7. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

8. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:

for pipe hanger restraints.

9. Section 23 31 13 (15815) - Metal Ducts: for flexible duct connectors.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: Indicate types, styles, materials, and finishes for each type of isolator

specified. Include load deflection curves.

2. Shop Drawings: Show designs and calculations, certified by a professional engineer,

as required by the local authority, for the following:

a. Design Calculations: Calculations for selection of vibration isolators, design of

vibration isolation bases, and selection of seismic restraints.

b. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages and

attachments to the structure and to the supported equipment. Include auxiliary

motor slides and rails, and base weights.

c. Seismic Restraint Details: Detail fabrication and attachment of restraints and

snubbers.

Page 24: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Project seismic zone is 4 with a zone factor of 0.40.

B. Building Importance Factor: 1.5.

1.05 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of vibration isolation and seismic-restraint devices

with other construction that penetrates ceilings or is supported by them, including light

fixtures, HVAC equipment, fire-suppression-system components, and partition

assemblies.

B. Coordinate size and location of concrete housekeeping and vibration isolation bases.

Cast anchor-bolt inserts into base. Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements

are specified in Division 03 Sections.

C. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations. These

items are specified in Division 07 Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Cooper B-Line Systems, Inc. (800-851-7415)

2. Kinetics Noise Control, Inc. (877-457-2695)

3. Mason Industries, Inc. (631-348-0282)

2.02 VIBRATION ISOLATORS

A. Isolator Pads: Oil and water resistant and factory cut to sizes that match requirements of

the equipment supported.

1. Rubber Isolator Pads: Elastomer (neoprene or silicone) arranged in single or

multiple layers and molded with a nonslip pattern and steel baseplates of sufficient

stiffness to provide uniform loading over the pad area.

2. Load Range: From 10 to 50 psig and a deflection not less than 0.08 inch per 1 inch

of thickness. Do not exceed a loading of 50 psig.

B. Rubber Isolator Mounts: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or

neoprene isolator elements, with encapsulated top- and baseplates. Factory-drilled and

tapped top plate for bolted equipment mounting. Factory-drilled baseplate for bolted

connection to structure. Color-code to indicate capacity range.

C. Spring Isolators: Freestanding, laterally stable, open-spring-type isolators.

1. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the

spring at rated load.

2. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.

3. Lateral Stiffness: More than 1.2 times the rated vertical stiffness.

4. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without

deformation or failure.

Page 25: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Baseplates: Factory drilled for bolting to structure and bonded to a 1/4-inch- thick,

rubber isolator pad attached to the baseplate underside. Size baseplates to limit

floor loading to 100 psig.

6. Top Plates: Provide threaded studs for fastening and leveling equipment.

7. Finishes: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.

D. Restrained Spring Isolators: Vertically restrained, freestanding, laterally stable, steel

open-spring-type isolators.

1. Housing: Welded steel with resilient vertical limit stops to prevent spring extension

due to wind loads or when weight is removed. Factory-drilled baseplate for bolting

to structure and bonded to a 1/4-inch thick, rubber isolator pad attached to the

baseplate underside. Provide adjustable equipment mounting and leveling bolt.

2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the

spring at rated load.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.

4. Lateral Stiffness: More than 0.8 times the rated vertical stiffness.

5. Overload Capacity: Support 200 percent of rated load, fully compressed, without

deformation or failure.

6. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components on isolators for interior use. Hot-dip

galvanized for metal components on isolators for exterior use.

E. Rubber Hangers: Double-deflection type, with molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene

isolator elements bonded to formed-steel housings with threaded connections for

hanger rods. Color-code to indicate capacity range.

F. Spring Hangers: Combination spring and elastomeric hanger with coil spring and

elastomeric insert in compression.

1. Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30

degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation

efficiency.

2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the

spring at rated load.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.

4. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.

5. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity

range.

2.03 SEISMIC CONTROLS

A. Thrust Restraints: Combination spring and elastomeric restraints with coil spring and

elastomeric insert in compression. Factory set for thrust.

1. Frame: Formed steel, fabricated for connection to threaded rods and to allow for 30

degrees of angular hanger rod misalignment without binding or reducing isolation

efficiency.

Page 26: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Outside Spring Diameter: Not less than 80 percent of the compressed height of the

spring at rated load.

3. Minimum Additional Travel: 50 percent of the required deflection at rated load.

4. Elastomeric Element: Molded, oil-resistant rubber or neoprene.

5. Finishes: Baked enamel for metal components. Color-code to indicate capacity

range.

B. Manufactured Seismic Snubbers: All-directional, double-acting snubbers.

1. Construction: Interlocking steel members restrained by a 3/4-inch thick,

replaceable, shock-absorbing neoprene insert. Maintain 1/8-inch clearance in all

directions between rigid and resilient surfaces.

C. Fabricated Seismic Snubbers: Welded structural-steel shapes designed and fabricated to

restrain equipment or vibration isolation bases from excessive movement during a

seismic event. Design to resist gravity forces identified by authorities having

jurisdiction.

1. Construction: Welded steel shapes conforming to ASTM A36.

2. Resilient Components: 3/4-inch thick, replaceable, shock-absorbing neoprene

insert.

2.04 VIBRATION ISOLATION BASES

A. Fabricated Steel Bases: Structural-steel bases and rails designed and fabricated by the

isolation equipment manufacturer. Include equipment static loadings, power

transmission, component misalignment, and cantilever loadings.

1. Fabricate bases to shapes required, with welded structural-steel shapes, plates, and

bars conforming to ASTM A36. Include support brackets to anchor base to isolation

units. Include prelocated equipment anchor bolts and auxiliary motor slide bases or

rails.

2. Design and fabricate bases to result in the lowest possible mounting height with not

less than 1-inch clearance above the floor.

3. Weld steel angles on frame for outrigger isolation mountings, and provide for

anchor bolts and equipment support.

4. Factory Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosive-resistant finish.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install and anchor vibration-, sound-, and seismic-control products according to

manufacturer's written instructions and authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Anchor interior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation bases.

Bolt isolator baseplates to structural floors as required by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Anchor exterior mounts, isolators, hangers, and snubbers to vibration isolation bases.

Bolt isolator baseplates to structural supports as required by authorities having

jurisdiction.

Page 27: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

VIBRATION AND SEISMIC CONTROL FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 48-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

D. Install pipe connectors at connections for equipment supported on vibration isolators.

3.02 SEISMIC CONTROL

A. Snubbers: Install the required number of seismic snubbers on each spring-mounted

piece of equipment. Locate snubbers as close as possible to the vibration isolators and

bolt to supporting structure.

3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Adjust limit stops on restrained spring isolators to mount equipment at normal

operating height. After equipment installation is complete, adjust limit stops so they are

out of contact during normal operations.

B. Adjust thrust restraints for a maximum of 1/4 inch of movement at start and stop

END OF SECTION

Page 28: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 29: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 53 - IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Identifying Devices and Labels

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. C1036 “Standard Specification for Flat Glass”

B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:

1. A13.1 “Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: For identification materials and devices.

2. Samples: Of color, lettering style, and graphic representation required for each

identification material and device.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Comply with ASME A13.1, "Scheme for the Identification of Piping Systems" for lettering

size, length of color field, colors, and viewing angles of identification devices.

1.05 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of

surfaces where devices are to be applied.

B. Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. General: Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 23 Sections.

If more than single type is specified for listed applications, selection is Installer's option.

B. Pipes Including Insulation: Full-band pipe markers, extending 360 degrees around pipe

at each location.

2.02 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS

A. Lettering: Manufacturer's standard preprinted captions as selected by Owner's

Representative.

Page 30: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Lettering: Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each

application length.

1. Arrows: Either integrally with piping system service lettering, to accommodate

both directions, or as separate unit, on each pipe marker to indicate direction of

flow.

C. Plastic Duct Markers: Manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, in the following color

codes:

1. Green: Cold-air supply.

2. Yellow: Hot-air supply.

3. Blue: Exhaust, outside, return, and mixed air.

4. Terminology: Include direction of airflow; duct service such as supply, return, and

exhaust; duct origin, duct destination, and design flow.

D. Plastic Tape: Manufacturer's standard color-coded, pressure-sensitive, self-adhesive,

vinyl tape, at least 3 mils thick.

1. Width: 1-1/2 inches on pipes with OD, including insulation, less than 6 inches; 2-

1/2 inches for larger pipes.

2. Color: Comply with ASME A13.1, unless otherwise indicated.

E. Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 1/4-inch letters for piping system abbreviation

and 1/2-inch sequenced numbers. Include 5/32-inch hole for fastener.

1. Material: 0.032-inch thick, polished brass.

2. Size: 1-1/2-inches diameter, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Valve Tag Fasteners: Brass, wire-link chain and S-hooks.

G. Access Panel Markers: 1/16-inch thick, engraved plastic-laminate markers, with

abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to concealed valve. Provide 1/8-inch

center hole for attachment.

H. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls

for each page of valve schedule. Include screws.

1. Frame: Extruded aluminum.

2. Glazing: ASTM C1036, Type I, Class 1, Glazing quality B, 2.5-mm, single-thickness

glass.

I. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other designations used

in mechanical identification with corresponding designations indicated. Use numbers,

letters, and terms indicated for proper identification, operation, and maintenance of

mechanical systems and equipment.

1. Multiple Systems: Identify individual system number and service if multiple

systems of same name are indicated.

Page 31: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING PIPING SYSTEMS

A. Install pipe markers on each system as indicated below. Include arrows showing normal

direction of flow.

1. Condenser Water Supply

2. Condenser Water Return

B. Marker Type: Plastic markers, with application systems. Install on pipe insulation

segment where required for hot, noninsulated pipes.

C. Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes by one of following methods:

1. Snap-on application of pretensioned, semirigid plastic pipe marker.

D. Locate pipe markers where piping is exposed in machine rooms; accessible maintenance

spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior nonconcealed locations

according to the following:

1. Near each valve and control device.

2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal

units. Mark each pipe at branch, where flow pattern is not obvious.

3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, or nonaccessible enclosures.

4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed

piping.

5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

6. Spaced at a maximum of 50-foot intervals along each run. Reduce intervals to 25

feet in areas of congested piping and equipment.

7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced

markers.

3.02 VALVE TAGS

A. Install on valves and control devices in piping systems, except check valves, valves

within factory-fabricated equipment units, plumbing fixture supply stops, shutoff valves,

faucets, convenience and lawn-watering hose connections, and HVAC terminal devices

and similar roughing-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in

valve schedule.

B. Valve Tag Application Schedule: Tag valves according to size, shape, color scheme, and

with captions similar to those indicated in the following:

1. Condenser Water

C. Tag Material: Brass.

D. Tag Size and Shape: According to the following:

1. Cold Water: 1-1/2 inches round.

2. Hot Water: 1-1/2 inches round.

Page 32: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT 23 05 53-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3. Gas: 1-1/2 inches round.

E. Install framed valve schedule in each major mechanical equipment room.

F. Valve schedule and tag locations shall be shown on record drawings.

3.03 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING DUCT SYSTEMS.

A. Duct Systems: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake, and relief ducts with duct

markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows showing service and direction of flow.

1. Location: Locate signs near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at

maximum intervals of 50 feet in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed

by removable ceiling system.

3.04 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Relocate HVAC identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by

work of this or other Divisions.

B. Clean faces of identification devices and glass frames of valve charts

END OF SECTION

Page 33: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 05 93 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Balancing airflow within distribution systems, including sub-mains, branches, and

terminals, to indicated quantities according to specified tolerances.

2. Adjusting total HVAC systems to provide indicated quantities.

3. Measuring electrical performance of HVAC and plumbing equipment.

4. Setting quantitative performance of HVAC and plumbing equipment.

5. Verifying that automatic control devices are functioning properly.

6. Reporting results of the activities and procedures specified in this Section.

7. Adjustment of recirculating domestic hot water return system.

8. Verify performance of package terminal air conditioning units.

B. Related Sections:

1. Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are

included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment.

2. Field quality-control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and

equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC): "National Standards for Testing, Adjusting and

Balancing"

B. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA): 201, "Fans and Systems

C. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB): “Procedural Standards for Testing,

Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems”

D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA): "HVAC

Systems--Duct Design"

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Adjust: To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment, such as to

reduce fan speed or adjust a damper.

B. Balance: To proportion flows within the distribution system, including sub-mains,

branches, and terminals, according to design quantities.

C. Draft: A current of air, when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors

of high air velocity, low ambient temperature, or direction of airflow, whereby more heat

is withdrawn from a person's skin than is normally dissipated.

D. Procedure: An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations to yield

repeatable results.

E. Report Forms: Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order.

Page 34: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Static Head: The pressure due to the weight of the fluid above the point of measurement.

In a closed system, static head is equal on both sides of the pump.

G. Suction Head: The height of fluid surface above the centerline of the pump on the

suction side.

H. System Effect: A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that

cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system.

I. System Effect Factors: Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance

ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the

fan was performance tested.

J. Terminal: A point where the controlled medium, such as fluid or energy, enters or leaves

the distribution system.

K. Test: A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment.

L. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Agent: The entity responsible for performing and

reporting the testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

B. Quality-Assurance Submittals: Within 30 days from the Contractor's Notice to Proceed,

submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent and this

Project's testing, adjusting, and balancing team members meet the qualifications

specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article below.

C. Contract Documents Examination Report: Within 45 days from the Contractor’s Notice

to Proceed, submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents Review Report as specified in

Part 3 of this Section.

D. Submittals Examination Report: Prior to the start of duct or piping fabrication, submit 2

copies of the Submitted Examination Report as specified in Part 3 of this Section.

E. Certified Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Submit 2 copies of reports prepared,

as specified in this Section, on approved forms certified by the testing, adjusting, and

balancing Agent.

F. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Documentation indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in

ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.2, "Air Balancing”

including the following:

1) Air Balance Report.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Agent Qualifications: Engage a testing, adjusting, and balancing agent certified by either

AABC or NEBB.

B. Certification of Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Certify the testing, adjusting,

and balancing field data reports. This certification includes the following:

Page 35: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified

testing, adjusting, and balancing reports.

2. Certify that the testing, adjusting, and balancing team complied with the approved

testing, adjusting, and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced

in this Specification.

C. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Reports: Use testing, adjusting, and balancing standard

forms from AABC’s “National Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing” or NEBB's

“Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems”.

D. Instrumentation Calibration: Calibrate instruments at least every 6 months or more

frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer.

E. Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing Conference: Meet with the Owner’s representatives

and Commissioning Authority on approval of the testing, adjusting, and balancing

strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details. Ensure

the participation of testing, adjusting, and balancing team members, equipment

manufacturers’ authorized service representatives, HVAC controls Installer, and other

support personnel. Provide 7 days advance notice of scheduled meeting time and

location. As a minimum include the following agenda items:

1. Submittal distribution requirements.

2. Contract Documents examination report.

3. Testing, adjusting, and balancing plan.

4. Work schedule and Project site access requirements.

5. Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate the efforts of factory-authorized service representatives for systems and

equipment, HVAC controls installers, [Commissioning Authority,] and other mechanics to

operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing, adjusting, and

balancing activities.

B. Notice: Provide 7 days' advance notice for each test. Include scheduled test dates and

times.

C. Perform testing, adjusting, and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and

water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine Contract Documents to discover conditions in systems' designs that may

preclude proper testing, adjusting, and balancing of systems and equipment and submit

“Contract Documents Examination Report”.

1. Contract Documents are defined in the General and Supplementary Conditions of

the Contract.

Page 36: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Verify that balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells,

flow-control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are

required by the Contract Documents. Verify that quantities and locations of these

balancing devices are accessible and appropriate for effective balancing and for

efficient system and equipment operation.

3. Examine Engineer’s design data, including HVAC and Plumbing system descriptions,

statements of design assumptions for environmental conditions and systems’

output, and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC and Plumbing

systems and equipment controls.

B. Examine approved submittal data of HVAC and Plumbing systems and equipment

including sheet metal duct fabrication and plumbing piping shop drawings to ensure that

the distribution system is reasonably complete and sufficiently designed to accurately

balance the complete building. Submit “Submitting Examination Report”.

1. Examine equipment performance data, including fan and pump curves. Relate

performance data to project conditions and requirements, including system effects

that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in

all or part of a system. Calculate system effect factors to reduce the performance

ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those

presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory. To calculate

system effects for air systems, use tables and charts found in AMCA 201, "Fans and

Systems," Sections 07 through 10; or in SMACNA's "HVAC Systems--Duct Design,"

Sections 05 and 06. Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions.

C. Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that

testing, cleaning, adjusting, and commissioning specified in individual Specification

Sections have been performed.

1. Examine HVAC and Plumbing systems and equipment installations to verify that

indicated balancing devices, such as test ports, gage cocks, thermometer wells, flow-

control devices, balancing valves and fittings, and manual volume dampers, are

properly installed, and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective

balancing and for efficient system and equipment operation.

2. Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting

and balancing.

3. Examine air-handling equipment to ensure clean filters have been installed,

bearings are greased, belts are aligned and tight, and equipment with functioning

controls is ready for operation.

4. Examine terminal units to verify that they are accessible and their controls are

connected and functioning.

5. Examine plenum ceilings, utilized for return air, to verify that they are airtight.

Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed.

6. Examine heat-transfer coils for clean and straight fins.

7. Examine equipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and

controls.

8. Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following:

Page 37: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Dampers, and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller.

b. Dampers are in the position indicated by the controller.

c. Integrity dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed

and fully open positions. This includes dampers in variable-air-volume

terminals.

d. Thermostats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight, drafts, and cold

walls.

e. Sensors are located to sense only the intended conditions.

f. Sequence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract

Documents.

g. Controller set points are set at design values. Observe and record system

reactions to changes in conditions. Record default set points if different from

design values.

h. Interlocked systems are operating.

i. Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values.

D. Examine project record documents described in Section 01 78 39 (01785) - “Project

Record Documents”.

E. Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing, adjusting, and

balancing procedures.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Prepare a testing, adjusting, and balancing plan that includes strategies and step-by-step

procedures.

B. Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports. Verify the

following:

1. Permanent electrical power wiring is complete.

2. Automatic temperature-control systems are operational.

3. Equipment and duct access doors are properly located, sized, and securely closed.

4. Verify that smoke and fire dampers are open.

5. Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational.

6. Access to balancing devices is provided.

7. Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be

met.

3.03 GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures

contained in AABC national standards and this Section; or in NEBB's "Procedural

Standards for Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Environmental Systems" and this

Section.

Page 38: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable, permanent identification material,

including damper-control positions, balancing, valve indicators, fan-speed-control levers,

and similar controls and devices, to show final settings.

C. Cut insulation, ducts, pipes, and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the

minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures. After testing

and balancing, close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to

those removed. Restore vapor barrier and finish according to the insulation

Specifications for this Project. Plastic plugs with retainers may be used to patch drilled

holes in ductwork and housings.

3.04 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and

recommended testing procedures. Crosscheck the summation of required outlet

volumes with required fan volumes.

B. Prepare schematic single line diagrams of systems' "as-built" duct layouts and domestic

hot water distribution.

C. Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow

measurements.

D. Check the airflow patterns from the outside-air louvers and dampers and the return- and

exhaust-air dampers, through the supply-fan discharge and mixing dampers.

E. Locate start-stop and disconnect switches, electrical interlocks, and motor starters.

F. Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection.

G. Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path.

H. Check for airflow blockages.

I. Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning.

J. Check for proper sealing of air-handling unit components.

3.05 CONSTANT-VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS' BALANCING PROCEDURES

A. The procedures in this Article apply to constant-volume supply-, return-, and exhaust-air

systems.

B. Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by

the fan manufacturer.

1. Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows:

a. Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable

and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions.

b. Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible

connection.

c. Measure inlet static pressure of single-inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan

as possible, upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct

restrictions.

Page 39: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

d. Measure inlet static pressure of double-inlet fans through the wall of the

plenum that houses the fan.

2. Measure static pressure across each air-handling unit component.

a. Simulate dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance

personnel must change filters.

3. Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps,

heat recovery equipment, and air washers under final balanced conditions.

4. Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design

static pressures versus actual static pressures. Compare actual system effect factors

with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur.

Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions.

5. Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Owner’s

Representative. Make required adjustments to pulley sizes, motor sizes, and

electrical connections to accommodate fan-speed changes.

6. Do not make fan-speed adjustments that result in motor overload. Consult

equipment manufacturers about fan-speed safety factors. Modulate dampers and

measure fan-motor amperage to ensure no overload will occur. Measure amperage

in full cooling, full heating, and economizer modes to determine the maximum

required brake horsepower.

C. Adjust volume dampers for main duct, sub-main ducts, and major branch ducts to design

airflows within specified tolerances.

1. Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and

adjust volume dampers until the proper static pressure is achieved.

a. Where sufficient space in sub-mains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pilot-

tube traverse measurements, measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and

calculate the total airflow for that zone.

2. Re-measure each sub-main and branch duct after all have been adjusted. Continue

to adjust sub-mains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances.

D. Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments.

1. Measure terminal outlets using a direct-reading hood or the outlet manufacturer's

written instructions and calculating factors.

E. Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified

tolerances of design values. Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than

extractors and the dampers at the air terminals.

1. Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design

quantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the

Contract Documents.

2. Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts.

3.06 MOTORS

A. Motors: Test at final balanced conditions and record the following data:

Page 40: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Manufacturer, model, and serial numbers.

2. Motor horsepower rating.

3. Motor RPM.

4. Efficiency rating if high-efficiency motor.

5. Nameplate and measured voltage, each phase.

6. Nameplate and measured amperage, each phase.

7. Starter thermal-protection-element rating.

3.07 CONDENSING UNITS

A. Verify proper rotation of fans and measure entering- and leaving-air temperatures.

Record compressor data.

3.08 HEAT-TRANSFER COILS

A. Electric-Heating Coils: Measure the following data for each coil:

1. Nameplate data.

2. Airflow.

3. Entering- and leaving-air temperatures at full load.

4. Voltage and amperage input of each phase at full load and at each incremental stage.

5. Calculated kW at full load.

6. Fuse or circuit-breaker rating for overload protection.

3.09 TEMPERATURE TESTING

A. During testing, adjusting, and balancing, report need for adjustment in temperature

regulation within the automatic temperature-control system.

B. Measure indoor and outdoor wet- and dry-bulb temperatures every other hour for a

period of 2 successive 8-hour days, in each separately controlled zone, to prove

correctness of final temperature settings. Measure when the building or zone is

occupied.

3.10 TEMPERATURE-CONTROL VERIFICATION

A. Verify that controllers are calibrated and commissioned.

B. Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely

affect control functions.

C. Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual

measurements.

D. Verify operation of limiting controllers (i.e., high- and low-temperature controllers).

E. Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve

operators.

F. Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers.

G. Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems.

Page 41: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

H. Verify main control supply-air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations.

I. Record voltages of power supply and controller output. Determine if the system

operates on a grounded or non-grounded power supply.

J. Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail-safe operations.

3.11 TOLERANCES

A. Set HVAC system airflow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Supply, Return, and Exhaust Fans: Plus 5 to plus 10 percent.

2. Air Outlets and Inlets: 0 to minus 10 percent.

B. Set plumbing system water flow rates within the following tolerances:

1. Domestic Hot Water Recirculation Flow Rate: 0 to minus 10 percent.

3.12 FINAL REPORT

A. General: Typewritten, or computer printout in letter-quality font, on standard bond

paper, in 3-ring binder, tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced

systems.

B. Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing

and balancing engineer.

1. Include a list of the instruments used for procedures, along with proof of calibration.

C. Final Report Contents: In addition to the certified field report data, include the

following:

1. Pump curves.

2. Fan curves.

3. Manufacturers' test data.

4. Field test reports prepared by system and equipment installers.

5. Other information relative to equipment performance, but do not include approved

Shop Drawings and Product Data.

D. General Report Data: In addition to the form titles and entries, include the following data

in the final report, as applicable:

1. Title page.

2. Name and address of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent.

3. Project name.

4. Project location.

5. Owner’s name and address.

6. Engineer's name and address.

7. Contractor's name and address.

8. Report date.

Page 42: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-10

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

9. Signature of testing, adjusting, and balancing Agent who certifies the report.

10. Summary of contents, including the following:

a. Design versus final performance.

b. Notable characteristics of systems.

c. Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract

Documents.

11. Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment.

12. Data for terminal units, including manufacturer, type size, and fittings.

13. Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design

values.

14. Test conditions for fans and pump performance forms, including the following:

a. Settings for outside-, return-, and exhaust-air dampers.

b. Conditions of filters.

c. Cooling coil, wet- and dry-bulb conditions.

d. Other system operating conditions that affect performance.

E. System Diagrams: Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems and domestic

hot water distribution systems. Present with single-line diagrams and include the

following:

1. Quantities of outside, supply, return, and exhaust airflows.

2. Duct, outlet, and inlet sizes.

3. Location of manual volume control dampers.

4. Water flow meter.

5. Balancing valve sizes/locations.

F. Fan Test Reports: For supply, return, and exhaust fans, include the following:

1. Fan Data: Include the following:

a. System identification.

b. Location.

c. Make and type.

d. Model number and size.

e. Manufacturer's serial number.

f. Arrangement and class.

g. Sheave make, size in inches and bore.

h. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches.

2. Motor Data: Include the following:

a. Make and frame type and size.

Page 43: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING FOR HVAC 23 05 93-11

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

b. Horsepower and rpm.

c. Volts, phase, and hertz.

d. Full-load amperage and service factor.

e. Sheave make, size in inches and bore.

f. Sheave dimensions, center-to-center and amount of adjustments in inches

(mm).

g. Number of belts, make, and size.

3. Test Data: Include design and actual values for the following:

a. Total airflow rate in cfm.

b. Total system static pressure in inches wg.

c. Fan rpm.

d. Discharge static pressure in inches wg.

e. Suction static pressure in inches wg

G. Air Handling Test Reports.

H. Gas-Fired Heat Apparatus Test Reports; i.e., unit heaters, duct furnaces, domestic water

heaters.

I. Electric Coil Test Reports; i.e., electric baseboards, electric unit heaters, electric cabinet

heaters.

J. Duct Traverse Reports.

K. Air Terminal Device Reports; i.e., diffusers/registers/grilles.

L. Plumbing Pump Test Reports including recirculating hot water and sump pumps.

M. Instrument Calibration Reports.

3.13 ADDITIONAL TESTS

A. Within 90 days of completing testing, adjusting, and balancing, perform additional

testing and balancing to verify that balanced conditions are being maintained throughout

and to correct unusual conditions.

B. Seasonal Periods: If initial testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures were not

performed during near-peak summer and winter conditions, perform additional

inspections, testing, and adjusting during near-peak summer and winter conditions.

END OF SECTION

Page 44: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 45: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 07 00 - HVAC INSULATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Insulation Materials

2. Jackets

3. Accessories and Attachments

4. Vapor Retarders

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements

for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.

3. Section 22 07 00 (15083) - Plumbing Insulation

4. Section 23 31 13 (15815) - Metal Ducts: For duct liner.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. A666 “Standard Specification for Annealed or Cold-Worked Austenitic Stainless

Steel Sheet, Strip, Plate, and Flat Bar”

2. C533 “Standard Specification for Calcium Silicate Block and Pipe Thermal

Insulation”

3. C534 “Standard Specification for Preformed Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Thermal

Insulation in Sheet and Tubular Form”

4. C612 “Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation”

5. C921 “Standard Practice for Determining the Properties of Jacketing Materials for

Thermal Insulation”

6. C1126 “Standard Specification for Faced or Unfaced Rigid Cellular Phenolic Thermal

Insulation”

7. E84 "Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials"

B. Military Specifications:

1. MIL-C-20079H “Cloth, Glass; Tape, Textile Glass and Thread, Glass and Wire-

Reinforced Glass”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

Page 46: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Product Data:

a. Identify thermal conductivity, thickness, and jackets (both factory and field

applied) for each type of product indicated.

2. Shop Drawings:

a. Submit manufacturer’s data for each type of insulation used.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Credit MRc4.1 and 4.2: Recycled Content:

a. List of proposed materials with recycled content.

b. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

recycled content information.

c. Complete the LEED Materials Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

2. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an

apprenticeship program or similar industry recognized craft training program.

B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: As determined by testing materials identical to

those specified in this Section according to ASTM E84, by a testing and inspecting agency

acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Factory label insulation and jacket

materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of

applicable testing and inspecting agency.

1. Insulation Installed Indoors: Flame-spread rating of 25 or less, and smoke-

developed rating of 50 or less.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Packaging: Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with

appropriate ASTM specification designation, type and grade, and maximum use

temperature.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application.

Page 47: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.07 SCHEDULING

A. Schedule insulation application after testing duct systems. Insulation application may

begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Mineral-Fiber Insulation:

a. CertainTeed Corp. (610-647-3011)

b. Knauf Insulation. (800-825-4434)

c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. (800-447-3759)

2. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:

a. CertainTeed Corp. (610-647-3011)

b. Knauf Insulation. (800-825-4434)

c. Owens-Corning Fiberglas Corp. (800-447-3759)

3. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:

a. "Kooltherm Pipe Insulation"; Kingspan Insulation Ltd. (904-486-0553).

4. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:

a. Armstrong World Industries (800-448-1405)

b. Rubatex International LLC (800-782-2839)

2.02 INSULATION MATERIALS

A. General:

1. Provide insulating materials with post-consumer recycled content constituting a

minimum of 10 percent of cost of materials used for project or post-consumer

recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content constituting a

minimum of 20 percent of cost of materials used for project.

B. Mineral-Fiber Board Thermal Insulation:

1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C612, Type IB,

without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,

reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.

C. Mineral-Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation:

1. Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin. Comply with ASTM C553, Type II,

without facing and with all-service jacket manufactured from kraft paper,

reinforcing scrim, aluminum foil, and vinyl film.

D. Closed-Cell Phenolic-Foam Insulation:

1. Block insulation of rigid, expanded, closed-cell structure. Comply with ASTM C1126,

Type II, Grade 1.

Page 48: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

E. Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation:

1. Closed-cell, sponge or expanded-rubber materials.

2. Comply with ASTM C534, Type I for tubular materials and Type II for sheet

materials

a. Adhesive: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.

b. Ultraviolet Protective Coating: As recommended by insulation manufacturer.

2.03 FIELD-APPLIED JACKETS

A. General: ASTM C921, Type 1, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated, glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper

and aluminum foil.

2.04 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS

A. Glass Cloth and Tape: Comply with MIL-C-20079H, Type I for cloth and Type II for tape.

Woven glass-fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 oz./sq. yd.

1. Tape Width: 4 inches.

B. Bands: 3/4 inch wide, in one of the following materials compatible with jacket:

1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A666, Type 304; 0.020 inch thick.

2. Galvanized Steel: 0.005 inch thick.

3. Aluminum: 0.007 inch thick.

4. Brass: 0.010 inch thick.

5. Nickel-Copper Alloy: 0.005 inch thick.

C. Wire: 0.080-inch, nickel-copper alloy; 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless steel; or

0.062-inch, soft-annealed, galvanized steel.

D. Weld-Attached Anchor Pins and Washers: Copper-coated steel pin for capacitor-

discharge welding and galvanized speed washer. Pin length sufficient for insulation

thickness indicated.

1. Welded Pin Holding Capacity: 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the attached

surface.

E. Adhesive-Attached Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and

washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length

sufficient for insulation thickness indicated.

1. Adhesive: Recommended by the anchor pin manufacturer as appropriate for

surface temperatures of ducts, plenums, and breechings; and to achieve a holding

capacity of 100 lb for direct pull perpendicular to the adhered surface.

2. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated according

to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit tables in Section

01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products furnished shall comply with

whichever VOC content requirement is more stringent.

Page 49: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Self-Adhesive Anchor Pins and Speed Washers: Galvanized steel plate, pin, and washer

manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive. Pin length sufficient for

insulation thickness indicated.

2.05 VAPOR RETARDERS

A. Mastics: Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are

compatible with insulation materials, jackets, and substrates.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation

and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Surface Preparation: Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation. Remove materials

that will adversely affect insulation application.

3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Apply insulation materials, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's

written instructions; with smooth, straight, and even surfaces; and free of voids

throughout the length of ducts and fittings.

B. Refer to schedules on the mechanical plans for materials, forms, jackets, and thicknesses

required for each duct system.

C. Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service. Use

accessories that do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either

wet or dry state.

D. Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered.

E. Seal joints and seams with vapor-retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a

vapor retarder.

F. Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing.

G. Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond seams and joints

with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer.

H. Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical.

I. Apply insulation over fittings and specialties, with continuous thermal and vapor-

retarder integrity, unless otherwise indicated.

J. Hangers and Anchors: Where vapor retarder is indicated, seal penetrations in insulation

at hangers, supports, anchors, and other projections with vapor-retarder mastic. Apply

insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.

K. Insulation Terminations: For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated,

seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to

maintain vapor retarder.

L. Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows:

Page 50: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Pull jacket tight and smooth.

2. Joints and Seams: Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by

insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal.

3. Vapor-Retarder Mastics: Where vapor retarders are indicated, apply mastic on

seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings.

M. Cut insulation according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent compressing

insulation to less than 75 percent of its nominal thickness.

N. Install vapor-retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor

retarders.

1. Ducts with Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with

vapor-retarder mastic and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

Repair punctures, tears, and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor-

retarder seal.

2. Ducts without Vapor Retarders: Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with

outward clinching staples and pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as

insulation.

O. Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of

roof flashing.

1. Seal penetrations with vapor-retarder mastic.

2. Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends.

3. Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor-retarder mastic.

P. Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations: Apply insulation continuously through walls

and partitions, except fire-rated walls and partitions.

Q. Fire-Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations: Terminate insulation at fire/smoke damper

sleeves for fire-rated wall and partition penetrations.

R. Floor Penetrations: Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor

support at top of floor.

1. For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders, taper termination and seal

insulation ends with vapor-retarder mastic.

3.04 MINERAL-FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure blanket insulation with adhesive

and anchor pins and speed washers.

1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per

square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.

2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and

transitions.

3. Install anchor pins and speed washers on sides and bottom of horizontal ducts and

sides of vertical ducts as follows:

Page 51: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal

centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16

inches o.c.

b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each

way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and

clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.

c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts

and plenums.

d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

4. Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers.

5. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with

insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation

facing.

6. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by

removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to

adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with

pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

7. Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches on longitudinal seams and end

joints. Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maximum of 18 inches o.c.

8. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation

segment for each surface. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct elbows with

individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

9. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation

surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure

on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches

o.c.

10. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation

indicated to receive vapor retarder.

B. Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums: Secure board insulation with adhesive and

anchor pins and speed washers.

1. Apply adhesives according to manufacturer's recommended coverage rates per

square foot, for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces.

2. Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and

transitions.

3. Space anchor pins as follows:

a. On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches and smaller, along longitudinal

centerline of duct. Space 3 inches maximum from insulation end joints, and 16

inches o.c.

b. On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches. Space 16 inches o.c. each

way, and 3 inches maximum from insulation joints. Apply additional pins and

clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing.

Page 52: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

c. Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal, rectangular ducts

and plenums.

d. Do not overcompress insulation during installation.

4. Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with

insulation surface. Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation

facing.

5. Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by

removing 2 inches from one edge and one end of insulation segment. Secure laps to

adjacent insulation segment with 1/2-inch staples, 1 inch o.c., and cover with

pressure-sensitive tape having same facing as insulation.

6. Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation

segment for each surface. Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to

outside and inside radius of elbows. Apply insulation on round and flat-oval duct

elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow.

7. Insulate duct stiffeners, hangers, and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation

surface with 6-inch wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct. Secure

on alternating sides of stiffener, hanger, and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches

o.c.

8. Apply vapor-retarder mastic to open joints, breaks, and punctures for insulation

indicated to receive vapor retarder.

3.05 CLOSED-CELL PHENOLIC-FOAM INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Apply insulation as follows:

1. Secure each layer of insulation to duct with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals

and tighten without deforming the insulation materials.

2. Apply two-layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches.

Secure inner layer with 0.062-inch, soft-annealed, stainless-steel wire spaced at 12-

inch intervals. Secure outer layer with stainless-steel bands at 12-inch intervals.

3. On exposed applications, finish insulation with a skim coat of mineral-fiber,

hydraulic-setting cement to surface of installed insulation. When dry, apply flood

coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape. Overlap edges

at least 1 inch. Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape. Thin

the finish coat to achieve smooth finish.

3.06 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION

A. Apply insulation to straight pipes and tubes as follows:

1. Follow manufacturer’s written instructions for applying insulation.

2. Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer’s recommended adhesive.

Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the pipe

surface.

B. Apply insulation to flanges as follows:

1. Apply pipe insulation to outer diameter of pipe flange.

Page 53: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Make width of insulation segment the same as overall width of the flange and bolts,

plus twice the thickness of the pipe insulation.

3. Fill voids between inner circumference of flange insulation and outer circumference

of adjacent straight pipe segments with cut sections of sheet insulation of the same

thickness as pipe insulation.

4. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended

adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to

the pipe surface.

C. Apply insulation to fittings and elbows as follows:

1. Apply mitered sections of pipe insulation.

2. Secure insulation to flanges and seal seams with manufacturer’s recommended

adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to

the pipe surface.

D. Apply insulation to valves and specialties as follows:

1. Apply preformed valve covers manufactured of the same material as pipe insulation

and attached according to the manufacturer’s written instructions.

2. Apply cut segments of pipe and sheet insulation to valve body. Arrange insulation to

permit access to packing and to allow valve operation without disturbing insulation.

For check valves, fabricate removable sections of insulation arranged to allow

access to strainer basket.

3. Apply insulation to flanges as specified for flange insulation application.

4. Secure insulation to valves and specialties and seal seams with manufacturer’s

recommended adhesive. Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow

passage of air to the pipe surface.

3.07 FIELD-APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION

A. Apply glass-cloth jacket, where indicated, directly over bare insulation or insulation with

factory-applied jackets.

1. Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2-inch overlap at seams and joints.

2. Embed glass cloth between two 0.062-inch thick coats of jacket manufacturer's

recommended adhesive.

3. Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation.

3.08 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS

A. Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules on the mechanical plans.

B. Insulate the following plenums and duct systems:

1. Indoor concealed supply-, return-, and outside-air ductwork.

C. Items Not Insulated: Unless otherwise indicated, do not apply insulation to the following

systems, materials, and equipment:

1. Indoor exposed metal ducts, unless noted otherwise.

Page 54: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC INSULATION 23 07 00-10

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Metal ducts with duct liner, unless noted otherwise.

3. Factory-insulated flexible ducts.

4. Factory-insulated plenums, casings, terminal boxes, and filter boxes and sections,

unless noted otherwise.

5. Flexible connectors.

6. Vibration-control devices.

7. Testing agency labels and stamps.

8. Nameplates and data plates.

9. Access panels and doors in air-distribution systems.

END OF SECTION

Page 55: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 08 00 - COMMISSIONING OF HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. The purpose of this section is to specify Division 23 responsibilities in the

commissioning process.

a. The systems to be commissioned are listed in Section 01 91 13.

b. Commissioning requires the participation of Division 23 to ensure that all

systems are operating in a manner consistent with the Contract Documents.

The general commissioning requirements and coordination are detailed in

Division 01. Division 23 shall be familiar with all parts of Division 01 and the

commissioning plan issued by the CxA and shall execute all commissioning

responsibilities assigned to them in the Contract Documents.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements

2. Section 23 08 00.01 – HVAC Testing Requirements

3. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists

4. Section 23 08 00.03 – HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures

5. Section 23 09 00 – Instrumentation and Control of HVAC

6. Section 26 08 00 – Commissioning of Electrical Systems

7. Section 26 08 00.01 – Electrical Systems Testing Requirements

8. Section 26 08 00.02 – Electrical Systems Prefunctional Checklists

9. Section 26 08 00.03 – Electrical Systems Sample Functional Test Procedures

C. Related Work:

1. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for a listing of all Sections where commissioning

requirements are found.

2. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for systems to be commissioned and Sections 23 08 00.01

through 23 08 00.03 for functional testing requirements.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Associated Air Balance Council (AABC)

B. National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB)

C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. ANSI/ASHRAE 111 “Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing of Building HVAC Systems”

Page 56: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. LEED Submittals:

a. Credit EAp1: Fundamental Commissioning:

1) Division 23 shall provide submittal documentation relative to

commissioning as required in this Section and Part 1, Section 01 91 13.

1.04 RESPONSIBILITIES

A. HVAC, Controls and TAB Contractors. The commissioning responsibilities applicable to

each of the mechanical, controls and TAB contractors of Division 23 are as follows (all

references apply to commissioned equipment only):

1. Construction and Acceptance Phases

a. Include and itemize the cost of commissioning in the contract price.

b. In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for

submittal data, commissioning documentation, O&M data and training.

c. Attend a commissioning scoping meeting and other meetings necessary to

facilitate the Cx process.

d. Contractors shall provide the CxA with normal cut sheets and shop drawing

submittals of commissioned equipment.

e. Provide additional requested documentation, prior to normal O&M manual

submittals, to the CxA for development of start-up and functional testing

procedures.

1) Typically this will include detailed manufacturer installation and start-up,

operating, troubleshooting and maintenance procedures, full details of any

owner-contracted tests, fan and pump curves, full factory testing reports, if

any, and full warranty information, including all responsibilities of the

Owner to keep the warranty in force clearly identified. In addition, the

installation, start-up and checkout materials that are actually shipped

inside the equipment and the actual field checkout sheet forms to be used

by the factory or field technicians shall be submitted to the Commissioning

Agent.

2) The Commissioning Agent may request further documentation necessary

for the commissioning process.

3) This data request may be made prior to normal submittals.

f. Provide a copy of the O&M manuals and submittals of commissioned

equipment, through normal channels, to the CxA for review and approval.

g. Contractors shall assist (along with the design engineers) in clarifying the

operation and control of commissioned equipment in areas where the

specifications, control drawings or equipment documentation is not sufficient

for writing detailed testing procedures.

Page 57: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

h. Provide limited assistance to the CxA in preparing the specific functional

performance test procedures as specified in Section. Subs shall review test

procedures to ensure feasibility, safety and equipment protection and provide

necessary written alarm limits to be used during the tests.

i. Develop a full start-up and initial checkout plan using manufacturer’s start-up

procedures and the prefunctional checklists from the CxA for all commissioned

equipment. Submit to CxA for review and approval prior to startup. Refer to

Section 01 91 13 for further details on start-up plan preparation.

j. During the startup and initial checkout process, execute the mechanical-related

portions of the prefunctional checklists for all commissioned equipment.

k. Perform and clearly document all completed startup and system operational

checkout procedures, providing a copy to the CxA.

l. Address current A/E punch list items before functional testing. Air and water

TAB shall be completed with discrepancies and problems remedied before

functional testing of the respective air- or water-related systems.

m. Provide skilled technicians to execute starting of equipment and to execute the

functional performance tests. Ensure that they are available and present during

the agreed upon schedules and for sufficient duration to complete the

necessary tests, adjustments and problem-solving.

n. Provide skilled technicians to perform functional performance testing under

the direction of the CxA for specified equipment in Section 01 91 13 and

23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03. Assist the CxA in interpreting the monitoring

data, as necessary.

o. Correct deficiencies (differences between specified and observed performance)

as interpreted by the CxA, CM and A/E and retest the equipment.

p. Prepare O&M manuals according to the Contract Documents, including

clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as-built

conditions.

q. During construction, maintain as-built red-line drawings for all drawings and

provide final CAD record drawings for owner and contractor-generated

coordination drawings. Update after completion of commissioning (excluding

deferred testing).

r. Provide training of the Owner’s operating staff using expert qualified

personnel, as specified.

s. Coordinate with equipment manufacturers to determine specific requirements

to maintain the validity of the warranty.

2. Warranty Period

a. Execute seasonal or deferred functional performance testing, witnessed by the

CxA, according to the specifications.

b. Correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and

record drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing.

Page 58: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Mechanical Contractor. The responsibilities of the HVAC mechanical contractor, during

construction and acceptance phases in addition to those listed in (A) are:

1. Provide startup for all HVAC equipment, except for the building automation control

system.

2. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor and CxA by:

a. Putting all HVAC equipment and systems into operation and continuing the

operation during each working day of TAB and commissioning, as required.

b. Including cost of sheaves and belts that may be required by TAB.

c. Providing test holes in ducts and plenums where directed by TAB to allow air

measurements and air balancing. Providing an approved plug.

d. Providing temperature and pressure taps according to the Construction

Documents for TAB and commissioning testing.

3. Install a P/T plug at each water sensor which is an input point to the control system.

4. List and clearly identify on the as-built drawings the locations of all air-flow

stations.

5. Prepare a preliminary schedule for Division 23 pipe and duct system testing,

flushing and cleaning, equipment start-up and TAB start and completion for use by

the CxA. Update the schedule as appropriate.

6. Notify the Owner, GC or CxA depending on protocol, when pipe and duct system

testing, flushing, cleaning, startup of each piece of equipment and TAB will occur. Be

responsible to notify the Owner, GC or CxA, ahead of time, when commissioning

activities not yet performed or not yet scheduled will delay construction. Be

proactive in seeing that commissioning processes are executed and that the CxA has

the scheduling information needed to efficiently execute the commissioning process.

C. Controls Contractor (if Applicable). The commissioning responsibilities of the controls

contractor, during construction and acceptance phases in addition to those listed in (A)

are:

1. Sequences of Operation Submittals. The Controls Contractor’s submittals of control

drawings shall include complete detailed sequences of operation for each piece of

equipment, regardless of the completeness and clarity of the sequences in the

specifications. They shall include:

a. An overview narrative of the system (1 or 2 paragraphs) generally describing

its purpose, components and function.

b. All interactions and interlocks with other systems.

c. Detailed delineation of control between any packaged controls and the building

automation system, listing what points the BAS monitors only and what BAS

points are control points and are adjustable.

d. Written sequences of control for packaged controlled equipment. (Equipment

manufacturers’ stock sequences may be included, but will generally require

additional narrative).

e. Start-up sequences.

Page 59: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

f. Warm-up mode sequences.

g. Normal operating mode sequences.

h. Unoccupied mode sequences.

i. Shutdown sequences.

j. Capacity control sequences and equipment staging.

k. Temperature and pressure control: setbacks, setups, resets, etc.

l. Detailed sequences for all control strategies, e.g., economizer control, optimum

start/stop, staging, optimization, demand limiting, etc.

m. Effects of power or equipment failure with all standby component functions.

n. Sequences for all alarms and emergency shut downs.

o. Seasonal operational differences and recommendations.

p. Initial and recommended values for all adjustable settings, set points and

parameters that are typically set or adjusted by operating staff; and any other

control settings or fixed values, delays, etc. that will be useful during testing and

operating the equipment.

q. Schedules, if known.

r. To facilitate referencing in testing procedures, all sequences shall be written in

small statements, each with a number for reference. For a given system,

numbers will not repeat for different sequence sections, unless the sections are

numbered.

2. Control Drawings Submittal

a. The control drawings shall have a key to all abbreviations.

b. The control drawings shall contain graphic schematic depictions of the systems

and each component.

c. The schematics will include the system and component layout of any

equipment that the control system monitors, enables or controls, even if the

equipment is primarily controlled by packaged or integral controls.

d. Provide a full points list with at least the following included for each point:

e. Controlled system

1) Point abbreviation

2) Point description

3) Display unit

4) Control point or set point (Yes / No)

5) Monitoring point (Yes / No)

6) Intermediate point (Yes / No)

7) Calculated point (Yes / No)

Key:

Page 60: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Point Description: DB temp, airflow, etc.

Control or Set point: Point that controls equipment and can have its set

point changed (OSA, SAT, etc.)

Intermediate Point: Point whose value is used to make a calculation

which then controls equipment (space temperatures that are averaged

to a virtual point to control reset).

Monitoring Point: Point that does not control or contribute to the

control of equipment, but is used for operation, maintenance, or

performance verification.

Calculated Point: “Virtual” point generated from calculations of other

point values.

The Controls Contractor shall keep the CxA informed of all changes to

this list during programming and setup.

3. An updated as-built version of the control drawings and sequences of operation

shall be included in the final controls O&M manual submittal.

4. Assist and cooperate with the TAB contractor in the following manner:

a. Meet with the TAB contractor prior to beginning TAB and review the TAB plan

to determine the capabilities of the control system toward completing TAB.

Provide the TAB any needed unique instruments for setting terminal unit boxes

and instruct TAB in their use (handheld control system interface for use around

the building during TAB, etc.).

b. For a given area, have all required prefunctional checklists, calibrations, startup

and selected functional tests of the system completed and approved by the CxA

prior to TAB.

c. Provide a qualified technician to operate the controls to assist the TAB

contractor in performing TAB, or provide sufficient training for TAB to operate

the system without assistance.

5. Assist and cooperate with the CxA in the following manner:

a. Using a skilled technician who is familiar with this building, execute the

functional testing of the controls system as specified for the controls contractor

in Sections 23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03.

Assist in the functional testing of all equipment specified in Sections

23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03. Provide

two-way radios during the testing.

b. Execute all control system trend logs specified in Sections 23 08 00.01 through

23 08 00.03 and 26 08 00 through 26 08 00.03.

6. The controls contractor shall prepare a written plan indicating in a step-by-step

manner, the procedures that will be followed to test, checkout and adjust the control

system prior to functional performance testing, according to the process in Section

01 91 13. At minimum, the plan shall include for each type of equipment controlled

by the automatic controls:

Page 61: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. System name.

b. List of devices.

c. Step-by-step procedures for testing each controller after installation, including:

1) Process of verifying proper hardware and wiring installation.

2) Process of downloading programs to local controllers and verifying that

they are addressed correctly.

3) Process of performing operational checks of each controlled component.

4) Plan and process for calibrating valve and damper actuators and all

sensors.

5) A description of the expected field adjustments for transmitters,

controllers and control actuators should control responses fall outside of

expected values.

d. A copy of the log and field checkout sheets that will document the process. This

log must include a place for initial and final read values during calibration of

each point and clearly indicate when a sensor or controller has “passed” and is

operating within the contract parameters.

e. A description of the instrumentation required for testing.

f. Indicate what tests on what systems should be completed prior to TAB using

the control system for TAB work. Coordinate with the CxA and TAB contractor

for this determination.

7. Provide a signed and dated certification to the CxA and GC upon completion of the

checkout of each controlled device, equipment and system prior to functional

testing for each piece of equipment or system, that all system programming is

complete as to all respects of the Contract Documents, except functional testing

requirements.

8. Beyond the control points necessary to execute all documented control sequences,

provide monitoring, control and virtual points as specified in Section 23 09 00.

9. List and clearly identify on the as-built duct and piping drawings the locations of all

static and differential pressure sensors (air, water and building pressure).

D. TAB Contractor. The duties of the TAB contractor, in addition to those listed in (A) are:

1. Six weeks prior to starting TAB, submit to the GC the qualifications of the site

technician for the project, including the name of the contractors and facility

managers of recent projects the technician on which was lead. The Owner will

approve the site technician’s qualifications for this project.

2. Submit the outline of the TAB plan and approach for each system and component to

the Owner, CxA, GC and the controls contractor six weeks prior to starting the TAB.

This plan will be developed after the TAB has some familiarity with the control

system.

3. The submitted plan will include:

Page 62: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Certification that the TAB contractor has reviewed the construction documents

and the systems with the design engineers and contractors to sufficiently

understand the design intent for each system.

b. An explanation of the intended use of the building control system. The controls

contractor will comment on feasibility of the plan.

c. All field checkout sheets and logs to be used that list each piece of equipment to

be tested, adjusted and balanced with the data cells to be gathered for each.

d. Discussion of what notations and markings will be made on the duct and piping

drawings during the process.

e. Final test report forms to be used.

f. Detailed step-by-step procedures for TAB work for each system and issue:

terminal flow calibration (for each terminal type), diffuser proportioning,

branch / submain proportioning, total flow calculations, rechecking, diversity

issues, expected problems and solutions, etc. Criteria for using air flow

straighteners or relocating flow stations and sensors will be discussed. Provide

the analogous explanations for the water side.

g. List of all air flow, water flow, sound level, system capacity and efficiency

measurements to be performed and a description of specific test procedures,

parameters, formulas to be used.

h. Details of how total flow will be determined (Air: sum of terminal flows via BAS

calibrated readings or via hood readings of all terminals, supply (SA) and return

air (RA) pitot traverse, SA or RA flow stations. Water: pump curves, circuit

setter, flow station, ultrasonic, etc.).

i. The identification and types of measurement instruments to be used and their

most recent calibration date.

j. Specific procedures that will ensure that both air and water side are operating

at the lowest possible pressures and provide methods to verify this.

k. Confirmation that TAB understands the outside air ventilation criteria under all

conditions.

l. Details of whether and how minimum outside air cfm will be verified and set,

and for what level (total building, zone, etc.).

m. Details of how building static and exhaust fan / relief damper capacity will be

checked.

n. Proposed selection points for sound measurements and sound measurement

methods.

o. Details of methods for making any specified coil or other system plant capacity

measurements.

p. Details of any TAB work to be done in phases (by floor, etc.), or of areas to be

built out later.

q. Details regarding specified deferred or seasonal TAB work.

r. Details of any specified false loading of systems to complete TAB work.

Page 63: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

s. Details of all exhaust fan balancing and capacity verifications, including any

required room pressure differentials.

t. Details of any required interstitial cavity differential pressure measurements

and calculations.

u. Plan for hand-written field technician logs of discrepancies, deficient or

uncompleted work by others, contract interpretation requests and lists of

completed tests (scope and frequency).

v. Plan for formal progress reports (scope and frequency).

w. Plan for formal deficiency reports (scope, frequency and distribution).

4. A running log of events and issues shall be kept by the TAB field technicians. Submit

hand-written reports of discrepancies, deficient or uncompleted work by others,

contract interpretation requests and lists of completed tests to the Owner, CxA and

GC at least twice a week.

5. Communicate in writing to the controls contractor all set point and parameter

changes made or problems and discrepancies identified during TAB which affect the

control system setup and operation.

6. Provide a draft TAB report within two weeks of completion. A copy will be provided

to the CxA. The report will contain a full explanation of the methodology,

assumptions and the results in a clear format with designations of all uncommon

abbreviations and column headings. The report should follow the latest and most

rigorous reporting recommendations by the Associated Air Balance Council (AABC),

the National Environmental Balancing Bureau (NEBB) or ASHRAE Standard 111 (as

specified).

7. Provide the CxA with any requested data, gathered, but not shown on the draft

reports.

8. Provide a final TAB report for the CxA with details, as in the draft.

9. Conduct functional performance tests and checks on the original TAB as specified

for TAB in Sections 23 08 00.01 thru 23 08 00.03.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 TEST EQUIPMENT

A. Division 23 shall provide all test equipment necessary to fulfill the testing requirements

of this Division.

B. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for additional Division 23 requirements.

Page 64: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

COMMISSIONING OF HVAC 23 08 00-10

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 STARTUP

A. The HVAC mechanical and controls contractors shall follow the start-up and initial

checkout procedures listed in the Responsibilities list in this Section and in 01 91 13.

Division 23 has start-up responsibility and is required to complete systems and sub-

systems so they are fully functional, meeting the design objectives of the Contract

Documents. The commissioning procedures and functional testing do not relieve or

lessen this responsibility or shift that responsibility partially to the commissioning agent

or Owner.

B. Functional testing is intended to begin upon completion of a system. Functional testing

may proceed prior to the completion of systems or sub-systems at the discretion of the

CxA and GC. Beginning system testing before full completion does not relieve the

Contractor from fully completing the system, including all prefunctional checklists as

soon as possible.

3.02 TAB

A. Refer to the TAB responsibilities in Article 1.03 “Responsibilities” of this Section.

3.03 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS

A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for a list of systems to be commissioned and to Section

01 91 13, Article 3.06 “Documentation, Non-Conformance and Approval of Tests” for a

description of the process and to Sections 23 08 00.01 through 23 08 00.03 for specific

details on the required functional performance tests.

3.04 TESTING DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE AND APPROVALS

A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for specific details on non-conformance issues relating to

prefunctional checklists and tests.

B. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for issues relating to functional performance tests.

3.05 DEFERRED TESTING

A. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for requirements of deferred testing.

3.06 WRITTEN WORK PRODUCTS

A. Written work products of Contractors will consist of the start-up and initial checkout

plan described in Section 01 91 13 and the filled out start-up, initial checkout and

prefunctional checklists.

END OF SECTION

Page 65: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 08 00.01 - HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. This Section specifies the functional testing requirements for Division 23 systems

and equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.

2. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

3. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists

4. Section 23 08 00.03 – HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures

1.02 INCLUDED SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT

A. The following is a list of the equipment and system test requirements included in this

section:

1. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC

2. Exhaust Fans

3. Air Handling Units

a. Gas Fired Make-up Air Units

b. Packaged Outdoor Air Handling Units

c. Split System Air Conditioners

d. Water Source Heat Pump Units

4. Test and Balance Work (TAB)

1.03 DESCRIPTION

A. This section specifies the functional testing requirements for Division 23 systems and

equipment. From these requirements, the Commissioning Authority (CxA) shall develop

step-by-step procedures to be executed by the subcontractors or the Commissioning

Authority. The general functional testing process, requirements and test method

definitions are described in Section 01 91 13. The test requirements for each piece of

equipment or system contain the following:

1. The contractors responsible to execute the tests, under the direction of the CxA.

2. A list of the integral components being tested.

3. Prefunctional checklists associated with the components.

4. Functions and modes to be tested.

5. Required conditions of the test for each mode.

6. Special procedures.

Page 66: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

7. Required methods of testing.

8. Required monitoring.

9. Acceptance criteria.

10. Sampling strategies allowed.

1.04 PREREQUISITES

A. The following applicable generic prerequisite checklist items are listed on each written

functional test form and shall be completed and checked off by CxA prior to functional

testing:

__ All related equipment has been started up and start-up reports and prefunctional

checklists submitted and approved ready for functional testing:

__ All control system functions for this and all interlocking systems are programmed

and operable per contract documents, including final setpoints and schedules with

debugging, loop tuning and sensor calibrations completed.

__ Piping system flushing complete and required report approved.

__ Water treatment system complete and operational.

__ Vibration control report approved (if required).

__ Test and balance (TAB) complete and approved for the hydronic system.

__ All A/E punchlist items for this equipment corrected.

__ These functional test procedures reviewed and approved by installing contractor.

__ Safeties and operating ranges reviewed by the CxA.

__ Test requirements and sequences of operation attached.

__ Schedules and setpoints attached.

__ False loading equipment, system and procedures ready.

__ Crankcase heaters have been on long enough for immediate startup.

__ Sufficient clearance around equipment for servicing.

__ Record of all values for pre-test setpoints changed to accommodate testing has been

made and a check box provided to verify return to original values (control

parameters, limits, delays, lockouts, schedules, etc.).

__ Other miscellaneous checks of the prefunctional checklist and start-up reports

completed successfully.

1.05 MONITORING

A. Monitoring is a method of testing as a stand-alone method or to augment manual

testing.

B. All points listed in the required monitoring section of the test requirements which are

control system monitored points shall be trended by the controls contractor. At the

option of the CxA, some control system monitoring may be replaced with datalogger

monitoring. At the CxA’s request, the controls contractor shall trend up to 20% more

points than listed herein at no extra charge.

Page 67: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Hard copies of monitored data must be in columnar format with time down the left

column and at least 5 columns of point values on the same page.

D. Graphical output is desirable, and will be required for all output, if the system can

produce it.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 AIR HANDLER UNITS (AHU)

A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:

1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment as needed.

2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and correct

deficiencies.

3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

4. Owners Representative: witness

B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:

Prefunctional Checklist

AHU and components (fans, coils, valves, ducts, VFD): Air Handling Units

Ductwork

C. Prerequisites

1. The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in Section 23 08 00.01 shall be

listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to functional testing. The

commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and calibrations on the

prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before the beginning

of functional testing.

Page 68: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test

Requirements:

1. The following testing requirements are an addition to and do not replace any testing

requirements elsewhere in this Division.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both3

Required

Seasonal

Test1

General

1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and other

significant modes and sequences not mentioned; including

startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual modes and

power failure. Test functionality of this piece of equipment

or system in all control strategies or interlocks with which it

is associated.

Manual

In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:

2. Mixed & supply air, & reset temperature control functions. Both

3. Economizer functions. Both Cooling

4. SF, RF and exhaust fan interlocks. Either

5. Duct static pressure (SP) control. Both

6. Return or exhaust fan tracking and building SP. Monitoring

7. VFD (or inlet vanes) operation on SF and RF: modulation to

minimum, control system PID, proportional band of speed

vs controlling parameter, constancy of static pressure,

verification of program settings, alarms, etc.

Both 2

8. Damper interlocks and correct modulation in all modes,

including smoke and fire dampers.

Manual

9. Temperature difference across HC & CC per specifications. Manual

10. Verification of minimum OSA control through varying VAV

box positions.

Either 2

11. Branch duct control damper control. Manual

12. Night low limit, morning warmup cycle. Either

13. Heat recovery operation. Monitoring

14. Verify TAB reported SF cfm with control system reading. Manual 2

15. All alarms (low limits, high static, etc.). Manual

16. Heating and cooling coil capacity test, optional. Manual Design

17. Sensor and actuator calibration checks: on duct static

pressure sensor on SAT, MAT, OSAT, OSA & RA damper and

valve positions, SF cfm reading with TAB, and other random

checks (EMS readout against hand-held calibrated

instrument or observation must be within specified

tolerances)

Manual

18. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and

appropriate

Page 69: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design

(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal

test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation

is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures

E. Special Procedures:

1. Reduced Testing for Smaller Units. For standard application AHU’s less than 15

tons, the following modifications to the testing requirements apply: 1) either

Manual or Monitoring will satisfy the verification requirement--where Both is listed,

choose one. 2) Testing Modes 6, 8, 11, 13 and 16 is not required.

F. Required Monitoring:

1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended

by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

For each AHU being tested:

RAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1-3, 5

SAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1-3, 5

MAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

Indoor WB or enthalpy,

if enthalpy economizer

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

SF speed, if variable,

else status

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 5-9

RF speed, if variable,

else status

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 5-9

Duct SP 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 7, 9

Building SP differential 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 8

OSAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y All

OSA-WB or enthalpy, if

enthalpy economizer

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

Indoor dry-bulb

___zones (expected to be

most problematic)

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y All

Remarks:

Page 70: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SF cfm not required if not monitored

RF cfm not required if not monitored

G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):

1. 1 - 21. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the AHU, integral

components and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing

conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to

acceptable operating practice.

2. 2. AHU with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the SA temperature

within 1.0F either side of the deadband of the current setpoint without excessive

hunting.

3. 7. AHU and controls shall control the duct static pressure so that it does not drift

more than an amount equal to 10% of the setpoint value either side of the deadband

without excessive hunting.

H. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:

1. AHU’s shall not have any sampling--test all units. However, 25% of the units may

have monitoring be the verification method for modes listed with Monitoring or

Both as testing methods, with no less than three units being fully tested per the

above requirements.

2. All units not included in the sampling testing and monitoring shall be fully

monitored for the monitoring modes listed above in the monitoring section.

3.02 INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROLS FOR HVAC (If Applicable)

A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test

1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.

2. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

3. Owners Representative: witness

4. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:

Prefunctional Checklist

1. Building Automation System BAS

2. All pre-functional checklists of controlled

equipment

---

B. Prerequisites The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to

functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and

calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before

the beginning of functional testing.

C. A significant part of the BAS functional testing requirements is the successful

completion of the functional tests of equipment the BAS controls or interlocks with.

Uncompleted equipment functional tests or outstanding deficiencies in those tests lend

the required BAS functional testing incomplete.

Page 71: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

D. Integral or stand-alone controls are functionally tested with the equipment they are

attached to, including any interlocks with other equipment or systems and thus are not

covered under the BAS testing requirements, except for any integrated functions or

interlocks listed below.

E. In addition to the controlled equipment testing, the following tests are required for the

BAS, where features have been specified. The following testing requirements are in

addition to and do not replace any testing requirements elsewhere in the specifications.

Function / Mode

Test Method

Manual

(demonstration),

Monitoring, Either or

Both

MISC. FUNCTIONS

1. All specified functions and features are set up, debugged and

fully operable

Verbal discussion of

features

2. Power failure and battery backup and power-up restart

functions

Demonstration

3. Specified trending and graphing features demonstration See equipment trends

4. Global commands features Demonstration

5. Security and access codes Demonstration

6. Occupant over-rides (manual, telephone, key, keypad, etc.) Demonstration

7. O&M schedules and alarms Demonstration

8. Scheduling features fully functional and setup, including

holidays

Observation in

terminal screens or

printouts

9. Date and time setting in central computer and verify field

panels read the same time

Demonstration

10

.

Included features not specified to be setup are installed (list) Demonstration

11

.

Occupancy sensors and controls Demonstration

12

.

Demonstrate functionality of field panels using local operator

keypads and local ports (plug-ins) using portable

computer/keypad

Demonstration of

100% of panels and

10% of ports

13

.

All graphic screens and value readouts completed Demonstration

14

.

Setpoint changing features and functions Done during

equipment testing

15

.

Communications to remote sites Demonstration

16

.

Sensor calibrations Sampled during

equipment tests

17

.

“After hours” use tracking and billing

Page 72: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Function / Mode

Test Method

Manual

(demonstration),

Monitoring, Either or

Both

18

.

Final as-builts or redlines (per spec) control drawings, final

points list, program code, setpoints, schedules, warranties,

etc. per specs, submitted for O&Ms.

Observation

19

.

Verify that points that are monitored only, having no control

function, are checked for proper reporting to BAS.

Observation

INTEGRATED TESTS

20

.

Fire alarm interlocks and response Demonstration

21

.

Duty cycling (if specified) Monitoring

22

.

Demand limiting (including over-ride of limiting) Monitoring

23

.

Sequential staging ON of equipment Either

24

.

Optimum start-stop functions Monitoring

25

.

All control strategies and sequences not tested during

controlled equipment testing

Either

26

.

Other integrated tests specified in the contract documents

27

.

Security system interlocks Demonstration

28

.

Fire protection and suppression systems Demonstration

F. Special Procedures:

1. None

Page 73: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

G. Additional Required Monitoring:

1. Besides the trending and monitoring required with the functional testing of

equipment, all points listed below which are control system monitored points shall

be trended by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the

beginning of Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

Misc. equipment current

or status for duty

cycling and demand

limiting

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 21-22

Equipment or building

kW or current for

demand limiting

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 21-22

Optimum start/stop

equip.

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 24

H. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):

1. All For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the BAS, integral

components and related equipment respond to changing conditions and

parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to

acceptable operating practice.

I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:

1. Sample 10% of the field panels for procedure 9, and 10% of the local ports for

procedure 12. If 10% fail, test another 10%. If 10% of those fail, test all remaining

units at the contractor’s expense.

J. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:

1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment as needed.

2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and correct

deficiencies.

3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

4. Owners Representative: witness

5. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:

Prefunctional Checklist

1. AHU and components (fans, ducts, VFD): Air Handling Units

Ductwork

Energy Recovery Wheel

2. Exhaust Fans (If BAS Controlled) Exhaust Fans

Page 74: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-10

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Prerequisites

K. The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed

on each functional test form and checked off prior to functional testing. The

commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and calibrations on the

prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before the beginning of

functional testing.

L. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test

Requirements

1. The following testing requirements are an addition to and do not replace any testing

requirements elsewhere in this Division.

2.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both3

Required

Seasonal

Test1

General

1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and

other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;

including startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual

modes and power failure. Test functionality of this

piece of equipment or system in all control strategies or

interlocks with which it is associated.

Manual

In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:

2. Mixed & supply air, & reset temperature control

functions.

Both

3. Economizer functions. Both Cooling

4. SF, RF and exhaust fan interlocks. Either

5. Duct static pressure (SP) control. Both

6. Return or exhaust fan tracking and building SP. Monitoring

7. VFD (or inlet vanes) operation on SF and RF:

modulation to minimum, control system PID,

proportional band of speed vs controlling parameter,

constancy of static pressure, verification of program

settings, alarms, etc.

Both 2

8. Damper interlocks and correct modulation in all modes,

including smoke and fire dampers.

Manual

9. Temperature difference across HC & CC per

specifications.

Manual

10. Verification of minimum OSA control through varying

VAV box positions.

Either 2

11. Branch duct control damper control. Manual

12. Night low limit, morning warmup cycle. Either

13. Heat recovery operation. Monitoring

Page 75: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-11

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both3

Required

Seasonal

Test1

14. Verify TAB reported SF cfm with control system

reading.

Manual 2

15. All alarms (low limits, high static, etc.). Manual

16. Heating and cooling capacity test, optional. Manual Design

17. Sensor and actuator calibration checks: on duct static

pressure sensor on SAT, MAT, OSAT, OSA & RA damper

and valve positions, SF cfm reading with TAB, and other

random checks (EMS readout against hand-held

calibrated instrument or observation must be within

specified tolerances)

Manual

18. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and

appropriate

19. CO2 demand control function

20. DOAS fan alarm function 1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design

(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal

test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation

is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures

M. Special Procedures:

1. Reduced Testing for Smaller Units: For standard application AHU’s less than 15

tons, the following modifications to the testing requirements apply: 1) either

Manual or Monitoring will satisfy the verification requirement--where Both is listed,

choose one. 2) Testing Modes 6, 8, 11, 13 and 16 is not required.

N. Required Monitoring:

1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended

by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

For each AHU being tested:

RAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1-3, 5

SAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1-3, 5

Page 76: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-12

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

MAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

Indoor WB or enthalpy,

if enthalpy economizer

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

SF speed, if variable,

else status

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 5-9

RF speed, if variable,

else status

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 5-9

Duct SP 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 7, 9

Building SP differential 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 8

OSAT 5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y All

OSA-WB or enthalpy, if

enthalpy economizer

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y 1, 3

Indoor dry-bulb

___zones (expected to be

most problematic)

5 5 days incl.

weekend

Y Y All

Remarks:

SF cfm not required if not monitored

RF cfm not required if not monitored

O. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):

1. 1 - 21. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the AHU, integral

components and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing

conditions and parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to

acceptable operating practice.

2. 2. AHU with supporting systems shall be able to maintain the SA temperature

within 1.0F either side of the deadband of the current setpoint without excessive

hunting.

3. 7. AHU and controls shall control the duct static pressure so that it does not drift

more than an amount equal to 10% of the setpoint value either side of the deadband

without excessive hunting.

P. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:

1. AHU’s shall not have any sampling--test all units. However, 25% of the units may

have monitoring be the verification method for modes listed with Monitoring or

Both as testing methods, with no less than three units being fully tested per the

above requirements.

2. All units not included in the sampling testing and monitoring shall be fully

monitored for the monitoring modes listed above in the monitoring section.

Page 77: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-13

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.03 EXHAUST FANS

A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test:

1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment, if BAS

controlled.

2. Mechanical contractor: Witnesses, document testing, assist in testing, and

correct deficiencies.

3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

4. Owners Representative: witness

B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested:

Prefunctional Checklist

1. Exhaust fans Exhaust Fans

Fans

2. Ductwork Ductwork

C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to

functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and

calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before

the beginning of functional testing.

D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test

requirements

1. The following testing requirements are in addition to and do not replace any testing

requirements elsewhere in this Division.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both1

Required

Seasonal

Test

General

1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and

other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;

including startup, shutdown, unnoccupied & manual

modes and power failure. Test functionality of this piece

of equipment or system in all control strategies or

interlocks that it is associated with.

Manual

In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:

2. Verify schedules and setpoints to be reasonable and

appropriate

3. Function at fire alarm (off, depressurization, etc.) Manual

4. Interlocks to building pressurization control Manual

5. Speed controls Either

Page 78: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-14

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both1

Required

Seasonal

Test

6. Check TAB report record of sound power level tests and

space pressures and compare to specifications

Review

7. Sensor calibration checks on any controlling

temperature or pressure sensor

Manual

1Refer to Special Procedures

E. Special Procedures:

1. None

F. Required Monitoring:

1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended

by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

For each fan:

To be determined

G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID):

H. 1 - 6. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the fans, integral components

and related equipment respond to changing conditions and parameters appropriately as

expected, as specified and according to acceptable operating practice.

I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units of the same type and function, but different in size,

are considered identical for sampling purposes.

J. Randomly test at least 10% of each group of identical equipment (the 1st sample). In no

case test less than three units in each group. If 10% of the units in the first sample fail

the functional performance tests, test another 10% of the group (the 2nd sample). If

10% of the units in the 2nd sample fail, test all remaining units in the whole group, fully

at the contractor’s expense. This sampling applies to the testing subsections. That is, if

calibration is off on more than 10% of the tested piece of equipment, then another

sample shall have calibrations checked, but not all other tests need to be done on the

second sample.

3.04 TERMINAL UNITS

A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test

1. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.

Page 79: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-15

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Mechanical contractor: witness, document testing, assist in testing, and correct

deficiencies.

3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

4. Owners Representative: witness

B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested

Prefunctional Checklist

1. Terminal unit Electric Unit Heaters

Electric Baseboard

Fuel Fire Unit Heaters

C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to

functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and

calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before

the beginning of functional testing.

Page 80: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-16

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

D. Functions / Modes Required To Be Tested, Test Methods and Seasonal Test

Requirements

1. The following testing requirements are in addition to and do not replace any testing

requirements elsewhere in this Division.

Function / Mode Test

Method

Manual,

Monitoring,

Either or

Both3

Required

Seasonal

Test1

General

1. Test each sequence in the sequence of operations, and

other significant modes and sequences not mentioned;

including startup, warmup, shutdown, unnoccupied &

manual modes and power failure and restoration. Test

functionality of this piece of equipment or system in all

control strategies or interlocks that it is associated

with, including all damper, and fan functions.

Manual

In addition to, or as part of (1) above, the following modes or tests are required:

2. Sensor activator calibration checks on: SAT, MAT, zone

air temperature damper position and other random

checks (EMS readout against visual or hand-held

calibrated instrument must be within 0.5°F for temps.

or within a tolerance equal to 10% of static pressure

setpoint, with an inclined manometer)

Manual

3. Device and actuator calibration and stroke checks for

non-DDC dampers

Manual

4. For the TU’s tested, check the prefunctional checklist

items.

Observation

5. Verify control parameters and setpoints to be

reasonable and appropriate by reviewing the full

program of 5% of all the TU’s with each other for

consistency. Verify the max. and min. cfm setpoints of

all tested TU’s against the control drawing and TAB

values. Verify other TU programming parameters such

as K-factors, deadbands, setpoints, stroke times, etc.

Observation

6. Verify no hunting or significant overshoot by damper

or valves.

Either

7. All alarms (fan status, low limits, high static, etc.) Manual

8. Verify that TU is maintaining space setpoint

temperatures

Monitoring Both

Design

9. Verify airflows and pressures (this random test is part

of the TAB test)

--

NOTES:

1Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°F of season design

(ASHRAE 2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal

Page 81: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-17

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

test is required and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation

is appropriate. 2Seasonal test not required if seasonal conditions can be adequately simulated. 3Refer to Special Procedures

E. Special Procedures:

1. None

F. Required Monitoring:

1. All points listed below which are control system monitored points shall be trended

by the controls contractor. Refer to the Monitoring section at the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 for additional monitoring details.

Point Time

Step

(min.

)

Minimum

Time Period

of Trend

Hard

Copy?

(Y/N)

ASCII

File?

(Y/N)

Function

Being Tested

For each zone thermostat and space sensor and other critical areas, monitor:

Space temperature 10 3 weekdays,

summer design

Y Y 11

Space temperature 10 3 weekdays,

winter design

Y Y 11

Space temperature 2 8 hours, occupied Y Y 7

Damper position or cfm 2 8 hours, occupied Y Y 7

G. Acceptance Criteria (referenced by function or mode ID)

1. 1 - 11. For the conditions, sequences and modes tested, the TU, integral components

and related equipment respond to varying loads and changing conditions and

parameters appropriately as expected, as specified and according to acceptable

operating practice.

2. 10. Space temperature during occupied modes shall average within +/- 1°F of

setpoint and always remain within 1°F of the ends of the deadband without

excessive hunting of either the damper or coil valve, or complaints of drafts or

stuffiness from occupants.

H. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units of the same type and function, but different in size,

are considered identical for sampling purposes.

1. Testing: Randomly test at least 10% of each group of identical equipment (the 1st

sample). In no case test less than three units in each group. If 10% of the units in

the first sample fail the functional performance tests, test another 10% of the group

(the 2nd sample). If 10% of the units in the 2nd sample fail, test all remaining units

in the whole group, fully at the contractor’s expense. This sampling applies to the

testing subsections. That is, if calibration is off on more than 10% of the tested

piece of equipment, then another sample shall have calibrations checked, but not all

other tests need to be done on the second sample.

2. Monitoring: Ten percent of the total number of zones in the building, chosen by the

Owner, shall be monitored. Within this 10%, shall be included a distribution of all

air handlers, zones expected to have the greatest heating and cooling demand,

Page 82: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-18

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

perimeter and core zones and zones identified from the commissioning process that

have exhibited potential problems.

3.05 TEST AND BALANCE WORK (TAB)

A. Parties Responsible to Execute Functional Test

1. TAB contractor: perform checks using test instruments.

2. Controls contractor: operate the controls to activate the equipment.

3. CxA: to witness, direct and document testing.

B. Integral Components or Related Equipment Being Tested

Prefunctional Checklist

1. TAB TAB

C. Prerequisites: The applicable prerequisite checklist items listed in the beginning of

Section 23 08 00.01 shall be listed on each functional test form and checked off prior to

functional testing. The commissioning agent will also spot-check misc. items and

calibrations on the prefunctional checklists previously completed by the installer, before

the beginning of functional testing.

D. Purpose: The purpose of this test is to spot check the TAB work to verify that it was

done in accordance with the contract documents and acceptable practice and that the

TAB report is accurate.

E. The following tests and checks will be conducted. The following testing requirements

are in addition to and do not replace any testing requirements elsewhere in this

Division.

Test or Check Test Method Required

Seasonal

Test3

Page 83: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-19

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Test or Check Test Method Required

Seasonal

Test3

1. A random sample of up to 25 % the TAB report data

shall be selected for verification (air velocity, air or

water flow rate, pressure differential, electrical or

sound measurement, etc.). The original TAB

contractor will execute the checks, witnessed by the

commissioning authority. The TAB contractor will use

the same test instruments as used in the original TAB

work.

A failure1 of more than 10% of the selected items of a

given system2 shall result in the failure of acceptance

of the system TAB report and the TAB contractor shall

be responsible to rebalance the system, provide a new

system TAB report and repeat random verifications of

the new TAB report.

The random testing will include the verification of

minimum outdoor air intake flows at minimum,

maximum and intermediate total airflow rates for up

to 100% of the air handlers. Other selected data to be

verified will be made known upon day of testing.

Demonstratio

n

2. Verify that final settings of all valves, splitters,

dampers and other adjustment devices have been

permanently marked by the TAB Contractor.

Demonstratio

n

3. Verification that the air system is being controlled to

the lowest possible static pressure while still meeting

design loads, less diversity. This shall include a

review of TAB methods, control setpoints established

by TAB and a physical verification of at least one leg

from fan to diffuser having all balancing dampers

wide open and that during full cooling of all TUs

taking off downstream of the static pressure sensor,

the TU on the critical leg has its damper 90% or more

open.

Demonstratio

n

1Failure of an item is defined as follows:

For air flow of supply and return: a deviation of more than 10% of instrument reading

For minimum outside air flow: 20% of instrument reading (30% for reading at

intermediate supply flow for inlet vane or VFD OSA compensation system using

linear proportional control)

For temperatures: a deviation of more than 1°F

For air and water pressures: a deviation of more than 10% of full scale of test

instrument reading

For sound pressures: a deviation of more than 3 decibels. (Variations in background

noise must be considered)

Page 84: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC TESTING REQUIREMENTS 23 08 00.01-20

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2Examples of a “system” are: the air distribution system served by one air handler. Systems

can be defined smaller if inaccuracies in TAB work within the smaller defined system will

have little or no impact on connected systems. 3Cooling season, Heating season or Both. “Design” means within 5°of season design (ASHRAE

2 1/2%), or 95% of loading design. A blank cell denotes no special seasonal test is required

and that test can be executed during any season, if condition simulation is appropriate.

F. Special Procedures:

1. None

G. Required Monitoring:

1. None

H. Acceptance Criteria:

1. Provided in footnote to test table above.

I. Sampling Strategy for Identical Units:

1. Described in test table above.

END OF SECTION

Page 85: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS 23 08 00.2-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 08 00.02 - HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. Prefunctional Checklists (PC) in a form format. The Prefunctional Checklists

consist of Instructions Sheets and Record Sheets.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures

2. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.

3. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

4. Section 23 08 00.01– HVAC Testing Requirements

5. Section 23 08 00.03– HVAC Sample Functional Test Procedures

1.02 DESCRIPTION

A. The PC procedures displayed in a form format here are intended to provide the

Contractor with an example of the format and an indication of the rigor of the required

prefunctional checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) and documentation for

various equipment types. Though they were not developed specifically for this project,

they are generally applicable.

B. The checklists contain items for both Division 23 and 26 contractors to perform.

C. Those executing the checklists are only responsible to perform items that apply to the

specific application at hand. These checklists do not take the place of the manufacturer’s

recommended checkout and start-up procedures or report. Some checklist procedures

may be redundant of some checkout procedures that will be documented on typical

factory field checkout sheets. Double documenting is required in those cases.

D. Refer to Section 01 91 13 for additional requirements regarding prefunctional checklists,

startup and initial checkout. Items that do not apply should be noted along with the

reasons on the form. If supplied Prefunctional Checklist forms are not used for

documenting, one of similar rigor and clarity shall be used. Contractors assigned

responsibility for sections of the checklist shall be responsible to see that checklist items

by their subcontractors are completed and checked off.

E. The following is a list of the equipment and systems which will require Prefunctional

Checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) to be completed by the Contractors.

1. Packaged Outdoor Air Handling Unit (Each Unit)

2. Boilers

3. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC (If Applicable)

4. Ductwork (Each Air System)

5. Exhaust Fan (Each Unit)

6. Fire and Smoke Dampers (Each Unit)

Page 86: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC PREFUNCTIONAL CHECKLISTS 23 08 00.2-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

7. Gas Fired Make-up Air Unit (Each Unit)

8. Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

F. Refer to Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures for Prefunctional

Checklists.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used

END OF SECTION

Page 87: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES 23 08 00.03-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 08 00.03 - HVAC SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL TEST PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following:

1. This Section contains the Functional Testing Procedures for Mechanical Systems

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures

2. Section 01 91 13 – General Commissioning Requirements.

3. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

4. Section 23 08 00.01 – HVAC Testing Requirements

5. Section 23 08 00.02 – HVAC Prefunctional Checklists

1.02 DESCRIPTION

A. The CxA will use the functional testing requirements in Sections 23 08 00 thru

23 08 00.03 and the testing protocols specified in Section 01 91 13 for developing site-

specific functional test procedures and forms for this project. For illustrative purposes,

sequences of operation associated with a few pieces of the equipment for which tests are

included are also provided.

B. The following is a list of the equipment and systems which will require Prefunctional

Checklists (Instruction Sheets and Record Sheets) to be completed by the Contractors.

1. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit (Each Unit)

2. Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC

3. Exhaust Fan (Each Unit)

4. Gas Fired Make-up Air Unit (Each Unit)

C. Refer to Section 01 33 00 - Submittal and Substitution Procedures for Prefunctional

Checklists.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used

END OF SECTION

Page 88: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 89: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 09 00 - INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Control Panels

2. Thermostats

3. Carbon Dioxide Sensors

4. Actuators

5. Dampers

6. Wiring

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

2. Section 23 09 93 (15940) - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls

3. Section 23 73 40 (15731) – Gas Fired Makeup Air Units

4. Section 23 74 33 (15733) – Dedicated Outdoor Air Units

5. Section 23 81 13.13 (15735) – Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units

6. Section 23 81 13.15 (15738) – Vertical Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units

7. Section 23 81 26 (15738) – Split System Air Conditioners

8. Section 23 09 93 (15940) - Sequence of Operations for HVAC Controls

9. Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment

10. Section 26 05 19 (16120) – Low Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA) Publications:

1. 500D "Laboratory Methods of Testing Dampers for Rating"

B. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:

1. DC 3 “Residential Controls—Electrical Wall-Mounted Room Thermostats”

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 70 "National Electric Code"

2. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

D. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)

E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:

1. 486A “Standard For Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper

Conductors”

Page 90: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. 486B “Standard for Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”

1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electric/Digital Electronic system consists of sensors, indicators, actuators, final control

elements, interface equipment, other apparatus, and accessories to control mechanical

systems.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. Include manufacturer's technical literature for each control device. Indicate

dimensions, capacities, performance characteristics, electrical characteristics,

finishes for materials, and installation and startup instructions for each type of

product indicated.

b. Each control device labeled with setting or adjustable range of control.

2. Shop Drawings: For each system to be controlled, prepare a drawing which includes

a system flow diagram, control diagram, sequence of operation and schedule of

components. Control diagrams shall be complete with end-to-end connections of

wiring from component terminal.

3. Operation and Maintenance Data: Submit information for all products in accordance

with the requirements of Specification " 01 78 23 (01830) – “Operating and

Maintenance Data”.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance (Applicable to units with economizers.)

a. Shop drawings of economizer which includes a system flow diagram, control

diagram, sequence of operation and schedule of components.

2. Credit EQc1: Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring

a. Product Data and Shop Drawings for carbon dioxide monitoring system.

b. Product Data and Shop Drawings for fan current transducers for DOAS units.

3. Credit EQc6.2: Controllability of Systems- Thermal Comfort

a. Product Data and Shop Drawings for temperature monitoring system.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is an approved installer of the

automatic control system manufacturer for both installation and maintenance of units

required for this Project.

B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing automatic

temperature-control systems similar to those indicated for this Project and with a record

of successful in-service performance.

Page 91: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in

NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,

and marked for intended use.

D. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilation Systems."

E. The provision of 120 and 208 line voltage and 24 volt low voltage wiring, conduit,

installed in accordance with National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70, “National

Electric Code” and Division 26 of these specifications.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Factory-Mounted Components: Where control devices specified in this Section are

indicated to be factory mounted on equipment, arrange for shipping of control devices to

unit manufacturer.

1.07 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate location of thermostats, humidistats, and other exposed control sensors with

plans and room details before installation.

1.08 TRAINING

A. Submit in accordance with the requirements of specification Section 01 79 00 (01820).

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CONTROL PANELS

A. MANUFACTURERS

1. Approved Manufacturers:

a. Siemens USA (800-964-4114).

b. Invensys Controls (formally Siebe Environmental Controls) (630-260-3400)

c. Honeywell Inc., Automation and Control Solutions (800-345-6770)

B. Local Control Panels: Unitized cabinet with suitable brackets for wall or floor mounting,

located adjacent to each system under automatic control. Provide common keying for all

panels.

1. Fabricate panels of 0.06-inch thick, furniture-quality steel, or extruded-aluminum

alloy, totally enclosed, with hinged doors and keyed lock and with manufacturer's

standard shop-painted finish.

2. Panel-Mounted Equipment: Mounted transformers, relays, and automatic switches;

except safety devices. Mount devices with adjustments accessible through front of

panel.

3. Door-Mounted Equipment: Flush-mount (on hinged door) manual switches,

including damper-positioning switches, changeover switches, thermometers, and

gages.

2.02 THERMOSTATS

A. Manufacturers:

Page 92: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Approved Manufacturers:

a. Refer to Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom

Equipment for Smart Digital Thermostats to be used for Guestroom automation

system.

B. Combination Thermostat and Fan Switches: Line-voltage or low voltage thermostat with

two-, three-, or four-position, push-button or lever-operated fan switch.

1. Label switches "FAN ON-OFF," "FAN HIGH-LOW-OFF," "FAN HIGH-MED-LOW-OFF."

Provide unit for mounting on two-gang switch box.

C. Electric solid-state, microcomputer-based room thermostat with remote sensor. (Where

indicated on drawings.)

1. Automatic switching from heating to cooling.

2. Preferential rate control to minimize overshoot and deviation from set point.

3. Set up for four separate temperatures per day.

4. Instant override of set point for continuous or timed period from 1 hour to 31 days.

5. Short-cycle protection.

6. Programming based on every day of week.

7. Selection features include deg F display, 12- or 24-hour clock, keyboard disable,

remote sensor, fan on-auto.

8. Battery replacement without program loss.

9. Thermostat backlit display features include the following:

a. Time of day.

b. Actual room temperature.

c. Programmed temperature.

d. Programmed time.

e. Duration of timed override.

f. Day of week.

g. System mode indications include "heating," "off," "fan auto," and "fan on."

D. Low-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: NEMA DC 3, 24-V, bimetal-operated, mercury-switch

type, with adjustable or fixed anticipation heater.

E. Line-Voltage, On-Off Thermostats: Bimetal-actuated, open contact or bellows-actuated,

enclosed, snap-switch type, or equivalent solid-state type, with heat anticipator, integral

manual on-off-auto selector switch.

1. Equip thermostats, which control electric heating loads directly, with off position on

dial wired to break ungrounded conductors.

2. Dead Band: Maximum 2 deg F.

F. Room Thermostat Cover Construction: Manufacturer's standard locking covers.

Page 93: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

G. Room thermostat accessories include the following:

1. Insulating Bases: For thermostats located on exterior walls.

2. Thermostat Guards: Locking; heavy-duty, transparent plastic; mounted on separate

base.

3. Adjusting Key: As required for calibration and cover screws.

4. Aspirating Boxes: For flush-mounted aspirating thermostats.

5. Set-Point Adjustment: 1/2-inch-diameter, adjustment knob.

2.03 SENSORS

A. Carbon-Dioxide Sensor and Transmitter: Single detectors, using solid-state infrared

sensors, suitable over a temperature range of 23 to 130 deg F (minus 5 to plus 55 deg C),

calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or averaged reading, 4 to 20 mA output,

and wall mounted between three (3) and six (6) feet above the finish floor.

B. Fan Current Transducer on DOAS units: calibrated for 0 to 2 percent, with continuous or

averaged reading, 4 to 20 mA output.

2.04 ACTUATORS

A. Electric Motors: Spring-return type operators, sized to operate with sufficient reserve

power to provide smooth modulating action or two-position action.

1. Permanent Split-Capacitor or Shaded-Pole Type: Gear trains completely oil

immersed and sealed. Equip spring-return motors with integral spiral-spring

mechanism in housings designed for easy removal for service or adjustment of limit

switches, auxiliary switches, or feedback potentiometer.

2. Temperature Rating: Minus 22 to plus 122 deg F.

3. Damper Operator Mounting: Mount damper operators where accessible for

maintenance.

a. If located outside the duct or casing, mount operators on a 14 gauge reinforced

support plate arranged to allow insulation between the support plate and the

face of the duct or casing.

b. Brace damper operators rigid to show no deflection or movement over the full

range of the damper stroke.

2.05 DAMPERS

A. Dampers: Factory fabricated AMCA-rated opposed blade design of extruded aluminum,

galvanized steel, with metallic antifriction nonferrous bearings.

1. Blades shall be secured to 1/2-inch diameter, zinc-plated axles using zinc-plated

hardware, with nylon blade bearings, blade-linkage hardware of zinc-plated steel

and brass, ends sealed against spring-stainless-steel blade bearings, and thrust

bearings at each end of every blade.

2. Operating Temperature Range: From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F.

Page 94: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3. Pressure Rating: Rated for leakage at less than 10 cfm per sq. ft. of damper area, at

differential pressure of 4 inches wg when damper is being held by torque of 50 in. x

lbf when tested according to AMCA 500D.

4. Shafts and Bearings: Provide cadmium plated steel shafts in permanently lubricated

bronze sleeve bearings or permanently lubricated ball bearings.

5. Blade: Reinforced or ribbed blades shall not exceed 8 inches in width nor 48 inches

in length.

a. Blades shall be constructed of 16 gage (minimum) galvanized steel or extruded

aluminum.

b. Flat or un-reinforced blades will not be acceptable.

c. Damper sections exceeding 4 feet in width or 4 feet height shall be constructed

with multiple frames and linkages.

6. Frames: Construct frames of factory welded 13 gage (minimum) galvanized steel

hot dipped after construction or bolted extruded aluminum frames.

a. Dampers larger than 8 square feet in area shall have corner bracing gussets at

each corner welded to the damper frame.

7. Linkages: Provide linkages to uniformly transmit damper operating forces to each

damper blade.

a. Construct linkages of galvanized or cadmium plated steel or stainless steel.

b. Bearings and joints shall be ball and socket or sleeve bearings of brass, bronze

or stainless steel, with plated bolts and locking nuts.

8. Seals: Provide mechanically attached elastomer or neoprene blade tip seal along the

full length of each blade edge and flexible stainless steel seals along damper blade

ends where the blades abut the frame. Adhesives or staples will not be acceptable.

9. Damper Mounting: Mount dampers to casings and ductwork in conformance with

SMACNA standards. Provide welded or bolted galvanized steel structural supports

for dampers larger than 20 square feet. Through bolt damper frames to structural

supports.

10. Submit information showing leakage and flow characteristics, and schedule showing

sizes, locations and actuators.

2.06 WIRING

A. General: Provide a complete system of electric wiring for temperature control apparatus

including control power transformers and wiring to the transformer primary.

B. Insulation Level: Control circuit conductors which run in the same conduit as power

circuit conductors shall have the same insulation level as adjacent power conductors.

C. NFPA 70: All wiring shall conform to the requirements of the NFPA 70.

D. Wiring: Wire for low voltage AC shall be minimum 300 volt insulated copper No. 18

AWG or larger conforming to NFPA 70, Type MTW, THHN or TFFN.

Page 95: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. For low voltage DC and an electronic circuit carrying less than 0.5 amperes, cables of

two or more conductors not smaller than No. 18 AWG solid copper or No. 18 AWG

solid copper if not shielded may be used in lieu of individual wires.

2. Cables carrying analog signals shall be shielded.

3. Cables shall be terminated in solder or screw type terminal strips.

4. Cables shall not be tapped at any intermediate points.

5. All wire shall not be color coded or numbered for identification. Identify as

indicated on shop drawings and “As-Built” drawings.

6. Wire terminating in screw type terminal strips shall have pressure connectors

conforming to UL 486A, “Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper

Conductors”, or UL 486B, “Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”.

7. Wire terminations without connectors or travelling pressure pads will not be

accepted.

2.07 ECONOMIZER CONTROL

A. General: Provide economizer control for all units over 5.4 tons

B. All economizers must meet the requirements of the Advanced Buildings Core

Performance Guide Criteria 2.13 – Fundamental Economizer Performance.

2.08 KITCHEN HOOD CONTROL

A. Manufacturers:

1. Avendra, LLC Preferred Manufacturers:

a. None.

2. Approved Manufacturers:

a. Melink Corporation (513-965-7300)

B. Demand Ventilation Control: Unitized the Melink Intelli-Hood system.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that duct-, pipe-, and equipment-mounted devices and wiring are installed before

proceeding with installation.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install equipment level and plumb.

B. Verify location of thermostats and other exposed control sensors with plans and room

details before installation, unless otherwise indicated on the mechanical, electrical, or

architectural drawings. Locate all wall mounted devices 60 inches above the floor.

C. Install guards on thermostats in the following locations:

1. Where indicated on drawings.

D. Install damper motors on duct exterior. Do not locate operators exposed to outdoor

temperatures. Arrange actuators to “Fail Safe” in the event of power failure.

Page 96: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

E. Install labels and nameplates to identify control components according to Section

23 05 53 (15075) - " Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

3.03 ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CONNECTION INSTALLATION

A. Install raceways, boxes, and cabinets according to Division 26.

B. Install building wire and cable according to Section 26 05 19 (16120) - "Low Voltage

Electrial Power Conductors and Cables."

C. Install signal and communication cable according to Division 26.

1. Conceal cable, except in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and

piping are exposed.

2. Install exposed cable in raceway.

3. Bundle and harness multi-conductor instrument cable in place of single cables

where several cables follow a common path.

4. Fasten flexible conductors, bridging cabinets and doors, along hinge side; protect

against abrasion. Tie and support conductors.

5. Number-code or color-code conductors for future identification and service of

control system, except local individual room control cables.

D. Connect manual-reset limit controls independent of manual-control switch positions.

Automatic duct heater resets may be connected in interlock circuit of power controllers.

E. Connect hand-off-auto selector switches to override automatic interlock controls when

switch is in hand position.

F. All wall-mounted space sensors such as thermostats shall be securely anchored to an

electrical box. Do not mount devices directly to the wall surfaces.

G. Identification: Labor or color code each filed wire and conduit at each controller and

controlled device.

1. Identification shall be permanent and not subject to fading.

2. Permanently mark terminal blocks at wire termination points.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm

proper unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest.

B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

equipment, and retest.

C. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.

1. Start, test, and adjust control systems.

2. Demonstrate compliance with requirements, including calibration and testing, and

control sequences.

3. Adjust, calibrate, and fine tune circuits and equipment to achieve sequence of

operation specified.

Page 97: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

INSTRUMENTATION AND CONTROL FOR HVAC 23 09 00-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

A. Demonstration: Include start-up, automatic and manual operation, and emergency

modes of use in accordance with the prescribed sequence of operations. Should the

HVAC system demonstration fail to operate properly, the system shall be repaired,

recalibrated, and retested as necessary.

B. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain control systems

and components.

1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and

stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.

2. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) - "Training”.

3.06 POST OCCUPANCY ON-SITE ASSISTANCE

A. Occupancy Adjustments: Within one year of date of Substantial Completion, provide up

to three 2-hour on-site Project visits, when requested by Owner, to adjust and calibrate

components and to assist Owner's personnel in making program changes, adjust sensors

and controls to suit actual conditions, and assist in the diagnostics of HVAC problems.

END OF SECTION

Page 98: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 99: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 09 93-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 09 93 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Control Sequences for HVAC Systems, Subsystems, and Equipment.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 23 09 00 (15900) - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC.

1.02 SEQUENCES

A. (FCU) Split System Fan Coil Units

1. Service: As shown on the drawings.

2. Where required, duct mounted addressable Smoke Detector shall stop unit and

notify building fire alarm system upon detection of smoke.

3. Provide complete with fan selector and sub-base with fan ON/OFF/AUTO switch.

4. With system switch in “AUTO” position, heating or cooling shall be provided as

required via automatic changeover, fan shall run continuously.

5. With system switch in “COOL” position, cooling shall cycle on in stages when space

temperature exceeds thermostat set point.

6. With system switch in “HEAT” position, heat shall cycle on in stages when space

temperature is below thermostat set point.

7. In all occupied sequences, the outside air damper shall be set to the minimum

position.

8. CO2 sensors shall begin to increase ventilation at a CO2 concentration of 800 ppm,

and allow a maximum concentration of 950 ppm in the space. If a differential

setpoint with outside conditions is established, the setpoint should maintain a CO2

differential of between inside and outside of no greater than 530 ppm.

B. Fans

1. Service: As shown on the drawings.

2. Integral thermostat shall cycle fan and resistance heat to maintain space set point

temperature.

C. Kitchen Hood Exhaust

1. The contractor shall interlock the related supply and exhaust fans with the kitchen

hood. When the kitchen hood is activated, a signal shall be sent to start the exhaust

fan, open the outside air damper and start the supply fan or makeup air unit.

2. When the kitchen hood is deactivated, a signal shall be sent to stop the supply fan,

close the outside air damper and stop the exhaust fan.

D. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit:

1. This unit shall run continuously, 24 hours per day.

Page 100: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SEQUENCE OF OPERATIONS FOR HVAC CONTROLS 23 09 93-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Fan current transducer shall generate a visual alarm when current draw from fan

varies more than 10% from the expected value.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

Not Used

END OF SECTION

Page 101: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 11 23 - FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipe, Fittings and Joining Materials.

2. Protective Coating.

3. Piping Specialties.

4. Valves.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 09 90 00 (09900) - Painting

3. Section 22 34 00 (15486) – Fuel-Fired, Domestic Water Heaters

4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

5. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:

For pipe hanger restraints.

6. Section 33 00 00 (02500) - Utility Services: For natural gas service piping,

specialties, and accessories outside the building.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:

1. Z21.15/CGA 9.1 “Manually Operated Gas Valves for Appliances, Appliance Connector

Valves and Hose End Valves”

2. Z21.21 “Automatic Valves for Gas Appliances (same as CSA 6.5)”

3. Z21.24/CGA 6.10 “Connectors for Gas Appliances”

4. Z21.41/CSA 6.9 “Quick Disconnect Devices for Use with Gas Fuel Appliances”

5. Z21.70 “Earthquake Actuated Automatic Gas Shutoff Systems”

B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:

1. B1.20.1 "Pipe Threads, General Purpose, Inch"

2. B16.1 “Cast Iron Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings”

3. B16.3 “Malleable Iron Threaded Fittings”

4. B16.5 “Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings”

5. B16.9 “Factory-Made Wrought Buttwelding Fittings”

6. B16.11 “Forged Fittings, Socket-Welding and Threaded”

7. B16.24 “Cast Copper Alloy Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings: Classes 150, 300, 400,

600, 900, 1500 and 2500”

Page 102: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

8. B16.33 “Manually Operated Metallic Gas Valves for Use in Gas Piping Systems up to

125 psi (Sizes NPS ½ through NPS 2)”

9. B16.38 “Large Metallic Valves For Gas Distribution (Manually Operated NPS-2 1/2

To 12,125 PSIG Max)”

10. B16.39 “Malleable Iron Threaded Pipe Unions”

C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. A53 "Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated,

Welded and Seamless"

D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)

Publications:

1. SP-70 “Gray Iron Gate Valves Flanged and Threaded Ends”

2. SP-78 “Socket Welding Reducer Inserts”

E. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 54 “National Fuel Gas Code (ANSI Z223.1)”

F. The Society for Protective Coatings (SSPC) Publications:

1. Paint - Paint and Coating Standards and Specifications

a. Paint 16 “Brush-Off Blast Cleaning of Coated and Uncoated Galvanized Steel,

Stainless Steels, and Non-Ferrous Metals”

G. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL):

1. "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory"

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data for the following:

a. Piping systems. Include associated components.

b. Specialty valves. Include pressure rating, capacity, settings, and electrical

connection data of selected models.

c. Pressure regulators. Include pressure rating, capacity, and settings of selected

models.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ANSI Standard: Comply with ANSI Z223.1, "National Fuel Gas Code."

B. IAS Standard: Provide components listed in IAS's "Directory of A. G. A. and C. G. A

Certified Appliances and Accessories" if specified to be IAS listed.

C. UL Standard: Provide components listed in UL's "Gas and Oil Equipment Directory" if

specified to be UL listed.

Page 103: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Gas System Pressure: As indicated on Drawings

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Gas Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:

a. Crane Valves (800-323-3679)

b. Milwaukee Valve Co., Inc. (262-432-2700)

c. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. (217-423-4471)

2. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:

a. Milliken Valve Co., Inc. (610-861-8803)

b. Mueller Co.; Mueller Gas Products Div. (217-423-4471)

3. Automatic Gas Valves:

a. ASCO General Controls (800-524-1023)

b. ASCO Power Technologies, LP; Division of Emerson (800-800-2726)

c. Honeywell, Inc. (800-328-5111)

4. UL -Listed Earthquake Valves:

a. Energy Pacific (800-638-2032)

b. Safe T Quake Corp. (800-833-5353)

c. Seismic Safety Products, Inc. (800-948-3782)

5. Service Pressure Regulators:

a. American Meter Co. (215-830-1800)

b. Invensys Metering Systems (800-375-8875)

c. Fisher Controls, Division of Emerson. (800-558-5853)

2.02 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Part 3 "Piping Applications" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting, and

joining materials.

2.03 PIPES, TUBES, FITTINGS, AND JOINING MATERIALS

A. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53; Type E or S; Grade B; Schedule 40; black.

1. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, with

threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

2. Unions: ASME B16.39, Class 150, malleable iron with brass-to-iron seat, ground

joint, and threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1.

3. Cast-Iron Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.1, Class 125.

Page 104: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

4. Steel Welding Fittings: ASME B16.9, wrought steel or ASME B16.11, forged steel.

5. Steel Threaded Fittings: ASME B16.11, forged steel with threaded ends according to

ASME B1.20.1.

6. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.

7. Steel Flanges and Flanged Fittings: ASME B16.5.

8. Gasket Material: Thickness, material, and type suitable for natural gas.

B. Transition Fittings: Type, material, and end connections to match piping being joined.

C. Common Joining Materials: Refer to Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work Results for

HVAC" for joining materials not in this Section.

2.04 PROTECTIVE COATING

A. Paint all exterior exposed gas piping with two coats of rust inhibitive paint.

2.05 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Flexible Connectors: ANSI Z21.24, copper alloy.

B. Quick-Disconnect Devices: ANSI Z21.41, convenience outlets and matching plug

connector.

C. Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends according to ASME B1.20.1 for pipe

threads.

D. Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged ends according to ASME B16.5 for steel

flanges and according to ASME B16.24 for copper and copper-alloy flanges.

E. Appliance Connector Valves: ANSI Z21.15 and IAS listed.

F. Gas Stops: Bronze body with AGA stamp, plug type with bronze plug and flat or square

head, ball type with chrome-plated brass ball and lever handle, or butterfly valve with

stainless-steel disc and fluorocarbon elastomer seal and lever handle; 2-psig (13.8-kPa)

minimum pressure rating.

G. Gas Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: ASME B16.33 and IAS-listed bronze body and

125-psig pressure rating.

H. Plug Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.38 and MSS SP-78 cast-iron,

lubricated plug valves, with 125-psig pressure rating.

I. General-Duty Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.38, cast-iron body,

suitable for fuel gas service, with "WOG" indicated on valve body, and 125-psig pressure

rating.

1. Gate Valves: MSS SP-70, OS&Y type with solid wedge.

J. Automatic Gas Valves: ANSI Z21.21, with electrical or mechanical operator for actuation

by appliance automatic shutoff device.

K. Earthquake Valves: FM approved or listed in IAS Directory as complying with

ANSI Z21.70 and UL listed. Include mechanical operator.

Page 105: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Comply with NFPA 54 (ANSI Z223.1), "Prevention of Accidental Ignition" Paragraph.

3.02 SERVICE ENTRANCE PIPING

A. Extend fuel gas piping and connect to fuel gas distribution for service entrance to

building.

1. Exterior fuel gas distribution system piping, service pressure regulator, and service

meter will be provided by gas utility.

B. Install strainer upstream from each earthquake valve. Refer to Section 22 10 13 -

"Plumbing Specialties" for strainers.

3.03 CONCRETE BASE INSTALLATION

A. Locate bases at service meters and service regulators.

B. Excavate earth and make level beds to support bases. Set bases level with top surface

projecting approximately 3 inches above grade.

3.04 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. Flanges, unions, transition, and special fittings with pressure ratings same as or higher

than system pressure rating may be used in applications below, unless otherwise

indicated.

B. Fuel Gas Piping, 5 psig or Less: Use the following:

1. NPS 3/4 (DN 20) steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings, and threaded joints.

2. NPS 3/4 and NPS 1 (DN 20 and DN 25): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings,

and threaded joints.

a. Option: Soft copper tube, copper fittings, and brazed joints may be used for

runouts at individual appliances.

3. NPS 1-1/4 to NPS 2 (DN 32 to DN 50): Steel pipe, malleable-iron threaded fittings,

and threaded joints.

4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and

welded joints.

5. Larger Than NPS 4 (DN 100): Steel pipe, steel welding fittings, and welded joints.

3.05 VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 psig or Less: Appliance connector valve or gas

stop.

B. Appliance Shutoff Valves for Pressure 0.5 to 5 psig: Gas stop or gas valve.

C. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve.

D. Piping Line Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Plug valve or general-duty valve.

E. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gas valve.

Page 106: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Valves at Service Meter, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Plug valve.

3.06 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping

installation requirements.

B. Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in airtight

conduit constructed of Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe with welded joints. Vent

conduit to outside and terminate with screened vent cap.

1. Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible spaces, subject to

approval of authorities having jurisdiction, whether or not such spaces are used as

plenums. Do not locate valves above ceilings.

2. In Floors: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in

"Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in floors, subject to approval

of authorities having jurisdiction. Surround piping cast in concrete slabs with

minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete. Piping may not be in physical contact with

other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically neutral conductors.

Do not embed piping in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives or cinder

aggregate.

3. In Floor Channels: Gas piping may be installed in floor channels, subject to approval

of authorities having jurisdiction. Channels must have cover and be open to space

above cover for ventilation.

4. In Partitions: Do not install concealed piping in solid partitions. Protect tubing from

physical damage when installed inside partitions or hollow walls.

a. Exception: Tubing passing through partitions or walls.

5. In Walls: Gas piping with welded joints and protective wrapping specified in

"Protective Coating" Article in Part 2 may be installed in masonry walls, subject to

approval of authorities having jurisdiction.

6. Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through circulating air ducts,

clothes or trash chutes, chimneys or gas vents (flues), ventilating ducts, or

dumbwaiter or elevator shafts.

a. Exception: Accessible above-ceiling space specified above.

C. Drips and Sediment Traps: Install drips at points where condensate may collect. Include

outlets of service meters. Locate where readily accessible for cleaning and emptying. Do

not install where condensate would be subject to freezing.

1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fitting with bottom outlet plugged or

capped. Use minimum-length nipple of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches

(75 mm) long, and same size as connected pipe. Install with space between bottom

of drip and floor for removal of plug or cap.

D. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade

or floors, and in floor channels, unless indicated to be exposed to view.

E. Install fuel gas piping at uniform grade of 0.1 percent slope upward toward risers.

Page 107: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. Install fittings with level

side down.

G. Connect branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.

H. Install unions in pipes NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final

connection to each piece of equipment, and elsewhere as indicated. Unions are not

required on flanged devices.

I. Install strainer on inlet of each line pressure regulator and automatic and electrically

operated valve.

J. Install flanges on valves, specialties, and equipment having NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and

larger connections.

K. Install vent piping for gas pressure regulators and gas trains, extend outside building,

and vent to atmosphere. Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings

with corrosion-resistant insect screens in large end.

L. Install containment conduits for gas piping below slabs, within building, in gastight

conduits extending minimum of 4 inches outside building, and vented to atmosphere.

Terminate vents with turned-down, reducing-elbow fittings with corrosion-resistant

insect screens in large end. Prepare and paint outside of conduits with coal-tar, epoxy-

polyamide paint according to SSPC-Paint 16.

3.07 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Refer to Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for HVAC" for basic piping joint

construction.

B. Use materials suitable for fuel gas.

1. Brazed Joints: Make with brazing alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F.

Brazing alloys containing phosphorus are prohibited.

3.08 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 23 05 29 - "Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for

pipe hanger and support devices.

B. Install hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and

minimum rod sizes:

1. NPS 1 (DN 25) and Smaller: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

2. NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32): Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

3. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum

rod size, 3/8 inch.

4. NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 65 to DN 90): Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod

size, 1/2 inch.

5. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Larger: Maximum span, 10 feet; minimum rod size, 5/8 inch.

3.09 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of fuel gas piping, fittings, and specialties.

Page 108: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FACILITY NATURAL-GAS PIPING 23 11 23-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Install piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance.

C. Connect piping to appliances using gas with shutoff valves and unions. Install valve

upstream from and within 72 inches of each appliance. Install union downstream from

valve.

D. Sediment Traps: Install tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as

practical to inlet of each appliance using gas.

3.10 PAINTING

A. Use materials and procedures in Section 09 90 00 "Painting”

B. Paint exterior service meters, pressure regulators, specialty valves, and piping.

1. Color: Gray.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect, test, and purge piping according to NFPA 54 (ANSI Z223.1), Part 4 "Inspection,

Testing, and Purging," and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system until satisfactory results

are obtained.

C. Report test results promptly and in writing to Owner’s Representative and authorities

having jurisdiction.

D. Verify capacities and pressure ratings of service meters, pressure regulators, valves, and

specialties.

E. Verify correct pressure settings for pressure regulators.

F. Verify that specified piping tests are complete.

3.12 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust controls and safety devices. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

safety devices.

END OF SECTION

Page 109: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 23 00 - REFRIGERANT PIPING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Tubes.

2. Fittings.

3. Joining Materials.

4. Specialties.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealants

3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: Firestopping materials and requirements

for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers.

4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

5. Section 23 05 29 (15060) - Hangers and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment:

for pipe hanger restraints.

6. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

7. Section 23 07 00 (15083) - HVAC Insulation

1.02 REFERENCES

1. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."

B. The American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Publications:

1. “Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code”

2. B16.22 “Wrought Copper and Copper Alloy Solder Joint Pressure Fittings”

3. B31.5 “Refrigeration Piping and Heat Transfer Components”

C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. B88 “Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Water Tube”

2. B280 “Standard Specification for Seamless Copper Tube for Air Conditioning and

Refrigeration Field Service”

D. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

1. A5.8 "Specification for Filler Metals For Brazing And Braze Welding"

E. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry. (MSS)

Publications:

1. SP-69 “ANSI/MSS Edition Pipe Hangers and Supports - Selection and Application”

F. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:

Page 110: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. 207 “Standard for Refrigerant-Containing Components and Accessories,

Nonelectrical”

2. 429 “Standard for Electrically Operated Valves”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data for each valve type and refrigerant piping specialty specified.

2. Refrigerant piping indicated is schematic only. Contractor shall size and design the

piping configuration and install the piping, including oil traps, double risers,

specialties, and pipe and tube sizes, to ensure proper operation and conformance

with warranties of connected equipment.

3. Qualification data for firms and persons specified in the "Quality Assurance" Article

to demonstrate their capabilities and experience.

4. Maintenance data for refrigerant valves and piping specialties to include in the

operation and maintenance manual specified in Division 01 Sections.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ASME Compliance: Qualify brazing and welding processes and operators according to

ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with provisions of the following codes:

1. ASME B31.5, "Refrigeration Piping."

2. ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration."

C. UL Standard: Provide products complying with UL 207, "Refrigerant-Containing

Components and Accessories, Non-electrical"; or UL 429, "Electrically Operated Valves."

D. Listing and Labeling: Provide products specified in this Section that are UL listed and

labeled.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Refrigerant Valves and Specialties:

Page 111: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Henry Pratt Company, Subsidiary of Mueller Water Products, Inc. (877-436-

7966)

b. Parker-Hannifin Corporation; Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Division (800-

272-7537)

c. Sporlan Valve Company (314-647-2775)

2.02 TUBES

A. Use pre-charged tubing where possible.

B. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B280, Type ACR, annealed temper.

2.03 TUBE FITTINGS

A. Copper Fittings: ASME B16.22, wrought-copper streamlined pattern.

2.04 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (Silver).

2.05 REFRIGERANT PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Moisture/Liquid Indicators: 600-psig operating pressure, 200 deg F operating

temperature; forged-brass body, with replaceable, polished, optical viewing window

with color-coded moisture indicator, and solder-end connections.

B. Permanent Filter-Dryer: 600-psig maximum operating pressure, 225 deg F maximum

operating temperature; steel shell, and wrought-copper fittings for solder-end

connections; molded-felt core surrounded by desiccant.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roughing-in for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and

other conditions affecting performance of refrigerant piping. Do not proceed with

installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 APPLICATIONS

A. Above ground, within Building: Type ACR drawn-copper tubing.

B. Below ground for 2-Inch NPS (DN50) and Smaller: Type L (Type B) annealed-copper

tubing installed in schedule 40 PVC sleeve.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install refrigerant piping according to ASHRAE 15.

B. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Section 23 05 00 (15050) -

"Common Work Results For HVAC."

C. Install piping in short and direct arrangement, with minimum number of joints, elbows,

and fittings.

D. Arrange piping to allow normal inspection and service of compressor and other

equipment. Install valves and specialties in accessible locations to allow for service and

inspection.

Page 112: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

E. Install piping with adequate clearance between pipe and adjacent walls and hangers, or

between pipes for insulation installation. Use sleeves through floors, walls, or ceilings,

sized to permit installation of full-thickness insulation. Maximum fill: 40%

F. Below ground, install copper tubing in schedule 40 PVC conduit. Vent conduit outdoors.

G. Insulate suction lines.

1. Do not install insulation until system testing has been completed and all leaks have

been eliminated.

H. Install branch lines to parallel compressors of equal length, and pipe identically and

symmetrically.

I. Install copper tubing in rigid or flexible conduit in locations where copper tubing will be

exposed to mechanical injury.

J. Slope refrigerant piping as follows:

1. Install horizontal suction lines with a uniform slope of 0.4 percent downward to

compressor.

2. Install traps and double risers where indicated and where required to entrain oil in

vertical runs.

3. Liquid lines may be installed level.

K. Use fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

L. Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are not

permitted, unless expressly indicated.

M. Reduce pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with level side down.

N. Provide bypass around moisture-liquid indicators in lines larger than 2-inch NPS

(DN50).

O. Install unions to allow removal of solenoid valves, pressure-regulating valves, expansion

valves, and at connections to compressors and evaporators.

P. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Q. When brazing, remove solenoid-valve coils; remove sight glasses; and remove stems,

seats, and packing of valves, and accessible internal parts of refrigerant specialties. Do

not apply heat near bulb of expansion valve.

R. Electrical wiring for solenoid valves is specified in Division 16 Sections. Coordinate

electrical requirements and connections.

S. Charge and purge systems, after testing, dispose of refrigerant following ASHRAE 15

procedures.

3.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Hangers, supports, and anchors are specified in Section 23 05 29 - "Hangers

and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment." Provide according to ASME B31.5 and

MSS SP-69.

B. Install hangers for copper tubing with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod

sizes. Tube sizes are nominal or standard tube sizes as expressed in ASTM B88.

Page 113: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. 1/2 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

2. 5/8 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

3. 1 Inch: Maximum span, 60 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

4. 1-1/4 Inches: Maximum span, 72 inches; minimum rod size, 1/4 inch.

5. 1-1/2 Inches: Maximum span, 96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.

3.05 PIPE INSULATION

A. Piping insulation is specified in Section 23 07 00 “HVAC Insulation”.

3.06 SPECIALTIES APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION

A. Install permanent filter dryers in low-temperature systems using hermetic compressors,

and before each solenoid valve.

3.07 PIPE JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Basic pipe and tube joint construction is specified in Section 23 05 00 - "Common Work

Results for HVAC."

B. Fill pipe and fittings with an inert gas (nitrogen or carbon dioxide) during brazing to

prevent formation of scale.

3.08 VALVE INSTALLATIONS

A. Install refrigerant valves according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.09 CONNECTIONS

A. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements of Division 26 Sections for electrical

connections.

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect and test refrigerant piping according to ASME B31.5, Chapter VI.

1. Pressure test with nitrogen to 200 psig. Perform final tests at 27-psig vacuum and

200 psig using halide torch or electronic leak detector. Test to no leakage.

B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and

equipment.

C. Repair leaks using new materials; retest.

3.11 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust thermostatic expansion valve to obtain proper evaporator superheat

requirements.

3.12 CLEANING

A. Before installation of copper tubing other than Type ACR, clean tubing and fittings with

trichloroethylene.

3.13 COMMISSIONING

A. Charge system using the following procedures:

1. Install core in filter dryer after leak test, but before evacuation.

Page 114: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

REFRIGERANT PIPING 23 23 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Evacuate refrigerant system with vacuum pump until temperature of 35 deg is

indicated on vacuum dehydration indicator.

3. During evacuation, apply heat to pockets, elbows, and low spots in piping.

4. Maintain vacuum on system for minimum of 5 hours after closing valve between

vacuum pump and system.

5. Break vacuum with refrigerant gas, allowing pressure to build up to 2 psig.

6. Complete charging of system, using new filter-dryer core in charging line. Provide

full-operating charge.

END OF SECTION

Page 115: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 31 13 - METAL DUCTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Sheet Metal Materials.

2. Duct Liner.

3. Sealant Materials.

4. Hangers and Supports.

5. Duct Fabrication.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 07 81 33 (07845) – Mineral-Fiber Fireproofing: For fire-resistant grease

duct wrap assemblies.

3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping: For fire-resistant sealants for use around

duct penetrations and fire-damper installations in fire-rated floors, partitions, and

walls.

4. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors: For wall- and ceiling-mounted access

doors for access to concealed ducts.

5. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing: For air balancing and

final adjusting of manual-volume dampers.

6. Section 23 07 00 (15081) – HVAC Insulation: For duct insulation.

7. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories: For dampers, sound-control

devices, duct-mounted access doors and panels, turning vanes, and flexible ducts.

8. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets

1.02 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. A36 “Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel”

2. A336 “Standard Specification for Alloy Steel Forgings for Pressure and High-

Temperature Parts”

3. A480 “Standard Specification for General Requirements for Flat-Rolled Stainless and

Heat-Resisting Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip”

4. A653 "Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) or Zinc-Iron

Alloy-Coated (Galvannealed) by the Hot-Dip Process”

5. C168 “Standard Terminology Relating to Thermal Insulation”

Page 116: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

6. C411 “Standard Test Method for Hot-Surface Performance of High-Temperature

Thermal Insulation”

7. C916 “Standard Specification for Adhesives for Duct Thermal Insulation”

8. C920 “Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants”

9. C1071 “Standard Specification for Fibrous Glass Duct Lining Insulation (Thermal

and Sound Absorbing Material)”

B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

1. D1.1 "Structural Welding Code - Steel"

2. D1.2 "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum"

3. D9.1 “Sheet Metal Welding Code“

C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning

Systems”

3. 96 “Standard for Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking

Operations”

D. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) Publications:

1. AH124 "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."

E. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)

Publications:

1. “HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual”

2. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): As defined in

ASTM C168.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Duct system design, as indicated, has been used to select and size air-moving and -

distribution equipment and other components of air system. Changes to layout or

configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by the Engineer of

Record. Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that

proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system total

pressure.

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. For duct liner and sealing materials.

Page 117: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Welding Certificates: Copies of certificates indicating welding procedures and

personnel comply with requirements in "Quality Assurance" Article.

3. Field Test Reports: Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with

performance requirements.

4. Record Drawings: Indicate actual routing, fitting details, reinforcement, support,

and installed accessories and devices.

5. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4 - "HVAC System

Construction and Insulation."

b. Duct Leakage Test Report indicating compliance with all applicable

requirements in ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6.4.4.2.2 -

"Duct Leakage Tests."

6. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."

b. Duct-Cleaning Test Report indicating compliance with all applicable

requirements in ANSI/ ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7.2.4 -

"Ventilation System Start-Up."

7. Credit MRc4.1 and 4.2: Recycled Content:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

recycled content information.

b. Complete the LEED Materials Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

8. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Standards: Qualify welding procedures and welding personnel to perform

welding processes for this Project according to AWS D1.1, "Structural Welding Code--

Steel" for hangers and supports; AWS D1.2, "Structural Welding Code--Aluminum," for

aluminum supporting members; and AWS D9.1, "Sheet Metal Welding Code," for duct

joint and seam welding.

B. Comply with NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems,"

unless otherwise indicated.

Page 118: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Comply with NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning

Systems," unless otherwise indicated.

D. Comply with NFPA 96, "Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking

Operations," Chapter 3, "Duct System," for range hood ducts, unless otherwise indicated.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver and store stainless-steel sheets with mill-applied adhesive protective paper

maintained through fabrication and installation.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 SHEET METAL MATERIALS

A. Galvanized, Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality; ASTM A653, G90 coating designation;

mill-phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view.

B. Carbon-Steel Sheets: ASTM A366, cold-rolled sheets; commercial quality; with oiled,

exposed matte finish.

C. Stainless Steel: ASTM A480, Type 316, sheet form with No. 4 finish for surfaces of ducts

exposed to view; and Type 304, sheet form with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts.

D. Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on

galvanized, sheet metal ducts; compatible materials for aluminum and stainless-steel

ducts.

E. Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4-inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-

inch minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.

2.02 DUCT LINER

A. General: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and NAIMA's "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner

Standard."

B. Materials: ASTM C1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of

glass fibers.

1. Thickness: 1 inch.

2. Thermal Conductivity (k-Value): 0.26 at 75 deg F mean temperature.

3. Fire-Hazard Classification: Maximum flame-spread rating of 25 and smoke-

developed rating of 50, when tested according to ASTM C411.

4. Liner Adhesive: Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and ASTM C916.

a. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated

according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit

tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products

furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement is more

stringent.

5. Mechanical Fasteners: Galvanized steel, suitable for adhesive attachment,

mechanical attachment, or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner

when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in

duct.

Page 119: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Tensile Strength: Indefinitely sustain a 50-lb- tensile, dead-load test

perpendicular to duct wall.

b. Fastener Pin Length: As required for thickness of insulation and without

projecting more than 1/8 inch into airstream.

c. Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners: Comply with fire-hazard

classification of duct liner system.

1) Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated

according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC

limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”.

Products furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement

is more stringent.

2.03 SEALANT MATERIALS

A. Joint and Seam Sealants, General: The term "sealant" is not limited to materials of

adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open-weave fabric

strips and mastics.

1. Joint and Seam Tape: 2 inches wide; glass-fiber fabric reinforced.

2. Joint and Seam Sealant: One-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butyl

sealant, formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

3. Flanged Joint Mastics: One-part, acid-curing, silicone, elastomeric joint sealants,

complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Use O.

a. Use adhesives that have a VOC content of 70 g/L or less when calculated

according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24), or as listed in VOC limit

tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality Requirements”. Products

furnished shall comply with whichever VOC content requirement is more

stringent.

2.04 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder-actuated fasteners, or structural-steel

fasteners appropriate for building materials.

1. Use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for standard-weight aggregate concretes or

for slabs more than 4 inches thick.

2. Exception: Do not use powder-actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight-

aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

B. Hanger Materials: Galvanized, sheet steel or round, threaded steel rod.

1. Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres: Electrogalvanized, all-thread rod or

galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.

2. Straps and Rod Sizes: Comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--

Metal and Flexible" for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters.

C. Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws;

compatible with duct materials.

D. Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes complying with ASTM A36/A36M.

Page 120: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Supports for Galvanized-Steel Ducts: Galvanized steel shapes and plates.

2. Supports for Stainless-Steel Ducts: Stainless-steel support materials.

2.05 FABRICATION - RECTANGULAR DUCT

A. General: Fabricate ducts, elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other

construction with galvanized, sheet steel, according to SMACNA's "HVAC Duct

Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible." Comply with requirements for metal

thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie-rod applications, and joint types and

intervals.

1. Lengths: Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and

rigidity class required for pressure classification.

2. Materials: Free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller marks,

stains, and discolorations.

B. Fabricate range hood exhaust ducts with 0.0598-inch-thick, carbon-steel sheet for

concealed ducts and 0.0500-inch-thick stainless steel for exposed ducts. Weld and flange

seams and joints. Comply with NFPA 96.

1. For Fire-resistant Grease Duct Wrap Assemblies refer to Section 07 81 33 “Mineral-

Fiber Fireproofing”

2. Acceptable Alternative:

a. Fire-rated Ductwork:

1) “Flamebar BW11”; Firespray USA (588-576-7600)

2.06 SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS

A. Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of

adhesive at liner contact surface area. Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated

thickness are prohibited.

B. Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing.

C. Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive.

D. Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted-

edge overlapping.

E. Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints, except at corners of

ducts, unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints

necessary.

F. Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches from corners and at intervals not

exceeding 12 inches transversely around perimeter; at 3 inches from transverse joints

and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches longitudinally.

G. Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that

have either channel or "Z" profile or are integrally formed from duct wall. Fabricate edge

facings at the following locations:

1. Fan discharge.

2. Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct.

Page 121: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

H. Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers, turning vane

assemblies, and other devices. Fabricated buildouts (metal hat sections) or other

buildout means are optional; when used, secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts,

screws, rivets, or welds. Terminate liner at fire dampers at connection to fire-damper

sleeve.

2.07 FABRICATION - ROUND DUCT

A. Round Ducts: Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to SMACNA's "HVAC

Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

2.08 FABRICATION - ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING

A. 90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's

"HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," with metal thicknesses

specified for longitudinal seam straight duct.

B. Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no

excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance.

C. Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate

bend radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows one and one-half times elbow

diameter. Unless elbow construction type is indicated, fabricate elbows as follows:

1. Mitered-Elbow Radius and Number of Pieces: Welded construction complying with

SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible," unless

otherwise indicated.

2. 90-Degree, Two-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust

systems for material-handling classes A and B; and only where space restrictions do

not permit using 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with single-thickness turning

vanes.

3. Round Elbows, 8 Inches and Smaller: Fabricate die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-

degree elbows and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate

nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored

construction.

4. Round Elbows, 9 through 14 Inches: Fabricate gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45,

60, and 90 degrees, unless space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate

nonstandard bend-angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored

construction.

5. Round Elbows, Larger Than 14 Inches: Fabricate gored elbows, unless space

restrictions require a mitered elbow.

6. Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 0.040 inch thick

with two-piece welded construction.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DUCT INSTALLATION - GENERAL

A. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings

indicate general arrangement of ducts, fittings, and accessories.

Page 122: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification

indicated.

C. Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet, unless interrupted by fittings.

D. Install ducts with fewest possible joints.

E. Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and

connections.

F. Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct.

G. Install ducts, unless otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and

perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs.

H. Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and

permanent enclosure elements of building.

I. Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch, plus allowance for insulation thickness.

J. Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid

partitions, unless specifically indicated.

K. Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling, fire- and smoke-control dampers, lighting

layouts, and similar finished work.

L. Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer

vaults, electrical equipment spaces and enclosures, and through elevator equipment

rooms.

M. Non-Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions

and exterior walls, and are exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening

and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct.

Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

N. Fire-Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass through interior partitions and

exterior walls, install appropriately rated fire damper, sleeve, and firestopping sealant.

Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."

Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Section 07 84 00

"Firestopping."

3.02 INSTALLATION - RANGE HOOD EXHAUST DUCT

A. Install ducts to allow for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2000 deg F

temperature range.

B. Install ducts without dips or traps that may collect residues, unless traps have

continuous or automatic residue removal.

C. Install access openings and doors at each change in direction and at 20-foot intervals;

locate on sides of duct a minimum of 1-1/2 inches from bottom; and fit with grease-tight

covers of same material as duct.

D. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies.

E. Provide cleanouts at the base of each riser and where required.

Page 123: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

METAL DUCTS 23 31 13-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.03 SEAM AND JOINT SEALING

A. General: Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as

described in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Pressure Classification Less Than 2-Inch wg: Transverse and longitudinal joints.

C. Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation.

D. Materials: 3M Brand No. 800.

3.04 HANGING AND SUPPORTING

A. Install rigid round, rectangular, and flat-oval metal duct with support systems indicated

in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

B. Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches of each elbow and within 48 inches of each

branch intersection.

C. Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor.

D. Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one-fourth

of failure (proof-test) load.

E. Install concrete inserts before placing concrete.

F. Install powder-actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely

cured.

3.05 CONNECTIONS

A. Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Section 23 33 00 (15820)

"Duct Accessories."

B. For branch, outlet and inlet, and terminal unit connections, comply with SMACNA's

"HVAC Duct Construction Standards--Metal and Flexible."

C. Leakage Test: Perform tests according to SMACNA's "HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test

Manual."

3.06 ADJUSTING

A. Refer to Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for detailed

procedures.

3.07 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect the

system. Vacuum interior as well as exterior of ducts before final acceptance to remove

dust and debris.

END OF SECTION

Page 124: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 125: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 33 00 - AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Manual-Volume Dampers

2. Fire Dampers

3. Turning Vanes

4. Duct-Mounted Access Doors

5. Flexible Connectors

6. Flexible Ducts

7. Combination Smoke/Fire dampers

8. Accessories

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 08 31 00 (08310) - Access Doors and Panels: For wall- and ceiling-mounted

access doors and panels.

3. Section 23 05 53 - Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment.

4. Section 23 05 93 - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.

5. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets.

6. Section 25 51 00 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment

7. Section 28 31 00 (13850) - Fire Alarm and Detection Systems: For duct-mounted

fire and smoke detectors.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (NAIMA) Publications:

1. AH124 "Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard."

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning

Systems”

C. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)

Publications:

1. “Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for Air Handling Systems”

2. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”

D. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:

Page 126: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. 181 “Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors”

2. 181B “Closure Systems for Use With Flexible Air Ducts and Air Connectors”

3. 555 “Fire Dampers”

4. 555C “Standard for Safety for Ceiling Dampers”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: For the following:

a. Manual-volume dampers.

b. Fire dampers.

c. Duct-mounted access doors.

d. Flexible ducts.

e. Zone Control Exhaust Terminal

2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,

loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, location, and

size of each field connection. Detail the following:

a. Special fittings and manual- and automatic-volume-damper installations.

b. Fire damper installations, including sleeves and duct-mounted access doors and

panels.

3. Product Certificates: Submit certified test data on dynamic insertion loss; self-noise

power levels; and airflow performance data, static-pressure loss, dimensions, and

weights.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 - "Heating, Ventilating, and Air

Conditioning."

2. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment.”

3. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

Page 127: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. NFPA Compliance: Comply with the following NFPA standards:

1. NFPA 90A, "Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems."

2. NFPA 90B, "Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems."

B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc. manuals

(SMACNA) except where details or notes on drawings indicate otherwise.

1. HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible.

2. Fire Damper and Heat Stop Guide for Air Handling Systems.

C. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard for Safety UL 181, UL 555.

1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed, are packaged with protective covering for

storage, and are identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Manual Volume Dampers.

a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)

b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)

c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)

2. Fire and Fire/Smoke Dampers.

a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)

b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)

c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)

3. Ceiling Fire Dampers

a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)

b. Air Balance, Division of Mestek (419-865-5000)

c. Prefco (Perfect Air Control, Inc.) (800-437-6653)

4. Flexible Connectors.

a. Ventfabrics, Inc. (800-621-1207)

b. Ward Industries, Inc. (630-595-7320)

c. Vent Products Co. (800-368-8368)

Page 128: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Flexible Ducts

a. Clevaflex. Ltd. (216-941-6505)

b. Approved Substitution

6. Zone Control Exhaust Terminal

a. American Aldes (941-351-3441)

2.02 MANUAL-VOLUME DAMPERS

A. General: Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories. Stiffen damper

blades for stability. Include locking device to hold single-blade dampers in a fixed

position without vibration. Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct

consistent with pressure class.

B. Standard Volume Dampers: Multiple- or single-blade, parallel- or opposed-blade design

as indicated, standard leakage rating, with linkage outside airstream, and suitable for

horizontal or vertical applications.

1. Steel Frames: Hat-shaped, galvanized, sheet steel channels, minimum of 0.064 inch

thick, with mitered and welded corners; frames with flanges where indicated for

attaching to walls; and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts.

2. Roll-Formed Steel Blades: 0.064-inch- thick, galvanized, sheet steel.

3. Blade Axles: Nonferrous.

4. Tie Bars and Brackets: Galvanized steel.

C. Damper Hardware: Zinc-plated, die-cast core with dial and handle made of 3/32-inch

thick zinc-plated steel, and a 3/4-inch hexagon locking nut. Include center hole to suit

damper operating-rod size. Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting.

2.03 FIRE DAMPERS

A. General: Labeled to UL 555.

B. Fire Rating: One and one-half hour unless noted otherwise.

C. Frame: SMACNA Type B with blades out of airstream; fabricated with roll-formed, 0.034-

inch- thick galvanized steel; with mitered and interlocking corners.

D. Mounting Sleeve: Factory- or field-installed galvanized, sheet steel.

1. Minimum Thickness: 0.052 inch or 0.138 inch thick and length to suit application.

2. Exceptions: Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of

perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor, and thickness of damper

frame complies with sleeve requirements.

E. Mounting Orientation: Vertical or horizontal as indicated.

F. Blades: Roll-formed, interlocking, 0.034 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel. In place of

interlocking blades, use full-length, 0.034 inch thick, galvanized steel blade connectors.

G. Horizontal Dampers: Include a blade lock and stainless-steel negator closure spring.

H. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 F rated as indicated.

Page 129: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

I. Provide access door in duct adjacent to each fire damper.

2.04 COMBINATION FIRE/SMOKE DAMPERS

A. Description: Combination fire/smoke dampers, each with frame, sleeve, and actuator

for wall, floor, and ceiling installations. Conform with SMACNA Fire, Smoke and

Radiation Damper Installation Guide and local building code. Include UL Fire Resistance

Classified Ceiling Diffuser Radiation shields where installed at ceiling diffusers and

grilles in fire rated ceilings.

B. Size: Free area inside sleeves and within damper stop minimum 90 percent of area of

connecting duct. Provide larger damper size to maintain 90 percent free area. Increase

size of damper if duct sizes indicated on the Contract Documents are smaller than

manufacturer’s available sizes.

C. Sleeves: Galvanized steel, gage as required to meet codes and regulations, factory

mounted to damper with sealant between sleeve and damper.

D. Access Doors:

1. Size large enough to permit full hand access to the damper to replace fusible link.

2. Hinged and latched, or clamped with mechanism to allow easy removal.

3. Tight fitting, full neoprene gasketed, constructed to prevent air leakage.

E. Classification: UL 555, NFPA 90A, NFPA 92A, NFPA 92B, UL 555S, Leakage Class 1. UL

listed for dynamic systems with airflow in either direction. 1-1/2 hour fire rated in

general. Refer to architectural drawings for fire ratings of general construction.

F. Actuator: Factory installed, electric, 120 volt, 60 cycle, 1 phase, actuator and linkage

mounted out of air stream, normally closed (damper closes when power is interrupted)

G. Install fire and combination fire/smoke dampers according to manufacturer's UL-

approved written instructions. . Install with sufficient tension to prevent rattling or

vibration. Utilize sleeves, angles and other materials so that installation is equivalent to

that used by manufacturer when tested by UL.

1. Install fusible links in fire dampers.

2. Fire/smoke dampers shall be interfaced with the total coverage smoke detection

system installed by the fire alarm contractor. Dampers shall close upon activation of

the fire alarm system.

3. Access Doors: Locate and arrange to allow easy access to inspect damper, replace

fusible link, and reset damper.

2.05 CEILING FIRE DAMPERS

A. General: Labeled to UL 555C; comply with construction details for tested floor- and roof-

ceiling assemblies as indicated in UL's "Fire Resistance Directory."

B. Frame: 0.040 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel; round or rectangular; style to suit

ceiling construction.

C. Blades: 0.034 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel with nonasbestos refractory insulation.

D. Fusible Link: Replaceable, 165 deg F rated.

Page 130: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2.06 TURNING VANES

A. Fabricate to comply with SMACNA's "HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and

Flexible."

B. Manufactured Turning Vanes: Fabricate of 1-1/2 inch wide, curved blades set 3/4 inch

o.c.; support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches o.c.; and set into side strips

suitable for mounting in ducts.

2.07 DUCT-MOUNTED ACCESS DOORS

A. General: Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class.

B. Frame: Galvanized, sheet steel, with bend-over tabs and foam gaskets.

C. Door: Double-wall, galvanized, sheet metal construction with insulation fill and

thickness, and number of hinges and locks as indicated for duct pressure class. Include

vision panel where indicated. Include 1-by-1-inch butt or piano hinge and cam latches.

D. Seal around frame attachment to duct and door to frame with neoprene or foam rubber.

E. Insulation: 1-inch thick, fibrous-glass.

2.08 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS

A. General: Flame-retarded or noncombustible fabrics, coatings, and adhesives complying

with UL 181, Class 1.

B. Standard Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2 inches

wide attached to two strips of 2-3/4 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet steel.

Select metal compatible with connected ducts.

C. Transverse Metal-Edged Connectors: Factory fabricated with a strip of fabric 3-1/2

inches wide attached to two strips of 4-3/8 inch wide, 0.028 inch thick, galvanized, sheet

steel Select metal compatible with connected ducts.

D. Conventional, Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated with

polychloroprene.

1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.

2. Tensile Strength: 480 lbf/inch in the warp, and 360 lbf/inch in the filling.

3. Minimum Movement: 2 inches.

E. Conventional, Outdoor System Flexible Connector Fabric: Glass fabric double coated

with a synthetic-rubber, weatherproof coating resistant to the sun's ultraviolet rays and

ozone environment.

1. Minimum Weight: 26 oz./sq. yd.

2. Tensile Strength: 530 lbf/inch in the warp, and 440 lbf/inch in the filling.

3. Minimum Movement: 2 inches.

2.09 FLEXIBLE DUCTS

A. General: Comply with UL 181, Class 1.

B. Flexible Ducts, Uninsulated: Corrugated aluminum. For use on dryer vents only.

Page 131: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Flexible Ducts, Insulated: Factory-fabricated, insulated, round duct, with an outer jacket

enclosing 1-1/2-inch thick, glass-fiber insulation around a continuous inner liner.

1. Reinforcement: Steel-wire helix encapsulated in inner liner.

2. Outer Jacket: Glass-reinforced, silver Mylar with a continuous hanging tab, integral

fibrous-glass tape, and nylon hanging cord.

3. Inner Liner: Polyethylene film.

D. Pressure Rating: 6-inch wg positive, 1/2-inch wg negative.

2.10 ACCESSORIES

A. Louvers:

1. Provide blank off panels for unused portions of louvers. Panels shall be double wall

construction with 0.032 inch aluminum, and 2 inch thick, internal glass fiber

insulation in accordance with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal

and Flexible.”

B. Open ducts in suspended ceiling: No. 16 USSG, ¾ inch square mesh, screen over each

opening; with 1 inch wide galvanized steel enclosing frame and flanged duct opening to

receive frame. In lieu or screen and volume damper, provide register or grille plus

opposed blade volume damper.

C. Duct sleeves: Minimum 20 gauge USSG galvanized sheet steel unless otherwise

indicated.

1. Clearances:

a. Non-insulated duct: 1 inch between duct and sleeve on all sides.

b. Insulated duct: 1 inch between insulation and sleeve on all sides.

c. Grilles, registers and diffusers: Zero clearance.

2. Provide closure collars for exposed ducts on each side of wall or floor opening.

Collars shall be galvanized sheet metal, minimum 4 inch wide, and fit tight against

surface and around duct or insulation. Install with nails 6 inch on center.

3. Framed openings: Provide clearances and closure collars the same as for duct

sleeves.

4. Duct-mounted automatic control devices: Mount on mechanical equipment all

devices related to automatic controls such as automatic dampers.

D. Cleanout Doors ( Kitchen and Laundry Dryer Exhaust): Horizontal ducts shall be

mounted maximum 20 ft. apart and in change of direction. Cleanout doors on horizontal

duct shall be mounted on side of duct. Bottom edge shall be not less than 2 inches above

bottom of duct. Cleanout doors at veritical ducts shall be mounted at base. Door and

frame shall be same gauge as duct. Hinges shall be Ventlock No. 260, extra heavy zinc

plated. Latches shall be Ventlock No. 140, cast zinc. Gaskets shall be between door and

frame. Gaskets shall be 1/8 inch double thickness rated 2,000 deg F for kitchen exhaust

system. Cleanout door size shall be maximum 24 inch x 24 inch and minimum shall be

24 inch one side, and other side shall be 2 inch less than duct height.

Page 132: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install duct accessories according to applicable details shown in SMACNA's "HVAC Duct

Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible" for metal ducts and NAIMA's "Fibrous

Glass Duct Construction Standards" for fibrous-glass ducts.

B. Install volume dampers in lined duct; avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner.

C. Provide test holes at fan inlet and outlet and elsewhere as indicated.

D. Install fire dampers according to manufacturer's UL-approved written instructions.

1. Install fusible links in fire dampers.

E. Install duct access panels for access to both sides of duct coils. Install duct access panels

downstream from volume dampers, fire dampers, turning vanes, automatic dampers,

smoke detectors, outside and exhaust air plenums equipment, and other locations as

indicated.

1. Install duct access panels to allow access to interior of ducts for cleaning, inspecting,

adjusting, and maintaining accessories and terminal units.

2. Install access panels on side of duct where adequate clearance is available.

F. Label access doors according to Section 23 05 53 "Identification for HVAC Piping and

Equipment."

G. Provide flexible connections at fan and building joints.

H. Install automatic dampers supplied by the automatic temperature control system

manufacturer. Notch end of rod and label duct/casing to indicate open and closed blade

position.

I. Provide volume dampers at following locations:

1. In all duct splits and branch connections of supply, return, and exhaust systems.

2. Ducts connecting to common plenums.

3. Ducts serving single outlet.

4. At open return duct in hung ceiling.

5. Other locations as indicated on drawings.

J. Provide access doors in following locations and as indicated on the Drawings.

1. Automatic dampers: linkage side.

2. Main balancing dampers.

3. Fire dampers.

4. Smoke detection heads.

5. On both sides of ducts where necessary to provide maintenance accessibility to

equipment on the other side.

6. Outside air and exhaust air plenums.

Page 133: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR DUCT ACCESSORIES 23 33 00-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

K. Flexible Duct Installation:

1. Installation shall be in accordance with SMACNA and local building code standards.

2. Flexible duct runs shall be a maximum of 5 feet, straight lengths, no bends.

3. Connections to beaded sheet metal fittings shall be with 3 wraps of approved tape

and stainless steel draw band for tight seal. Seal the outer jacket with 3 wraps of

approved UL 181B tape.

4. A 1 ½” minimum strap shall be used to support the flexible duct at a distance not

greater than 5’-0”. Maximum permissible sag is ½” per foot of duct length.

3.02 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust duct accessories for proper settings.

B. Adjust fire dampers for proper action.

C. Final positioning of manual-volume dampers is specified in Section 23 05 93 "Testing,

Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC”.

END OF SECTION

Page 134: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 135: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 34 23 - HVAC POWER VENTILATORS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators.

2. Up-blast Roof Exhaust Fans (Kitchen Hood Exhaust).

3. Ceiling-Mounted Ventilators.

4. In-Line Centrifugal Fans.

5. Motors

6. Factory Finishes

7. Quality Control

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

3. Section 23 05 48 (15070) - Mechanical Sound, Vibration and Seismic Control.

4. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

6. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment

7. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC

8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC

9. Section 26 29 13 (16420) - Enclosed Controllers: For motor starters.

10. Section 26 51 00 (16510) – Interior Lighting: Light Fixture Matrix For Guestroom

Toilet Ceiling Mounted Ventilators.

C. Products Supplied But Not

1. Roof curbs for roof-mounted exhaust fans.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA) Publications:

1. 99 "Standards Handbook" (Revised 2003)

2. 210 "Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Aerodynamic Performance Rating"

3. 300 "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans"

4. 301 "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data"

B. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"

Page 136: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (NEMA) Standards Publications:

1. MG 1 “Motors and Generators”

D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 70 "National Electric Code"

E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Publications:

1. 486A “Standard For Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs for Use With Copper

Conductors”

2. 486B “Standard for Wire Connectors for Use With Aluminum Conductors”

3. 705 “Standard for Power Ventilators”

1.03 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Project Altitude: Base air ratings on actual site elevations.

B. Operating Limits: Classify according to AMCA 99.

C. Fan Schedule: The following information is described in an equipment schedule on the

Drawings.

1. Fan performance data including capacities, outlet velocities, static pressures, sound

power characteristics, motor requirements, and electrical characteristics.

2. Fan arrangement including wheel configuration, inlet and discharge configurations,

and required accessories.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data including rated capacities of each unit, weights (shipping, installed,

and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and the following:

a. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.

b. Certified fan sound power ratings.

c. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics plus motor and electrical

accessories.

d. Material gages and finishes, including color charts.

e. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.

2. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicating

dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly,

components, and location and size of each field connection.

3. Wiring diagrams detailing wiring for power and control systems and differentiating

clearly between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

4. Maintenance data for power ventilators to include in the operation and maintenance

manual specified in Division 01 and in Section 23 05 00 "Common Work Results for

HVAC."

Page 137: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Component Standard: Provide components that comply with NFPA 70 and

that are listed and labeled by UL where available.

B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in this Section that

are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,

Article 100.

C. AMCA Compliance: Provide products that meet performance requirements and are

licensed to use the AMCA Seal.

D. NEMA Compliance: Provide components required as part of fans that comply with

applicable NEMA standards.

E. UL Standard: Provide power ventilators that comply with UL 705.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions by field measurements. Verify clearances.

B. Do not operate fans until ductwork is clean, filters are in place, bearings are lubricated,

and fans have been commissioned.

1.07 COORDINATION AND SCHEDULING

A. Coordinate the size and location of structural steel support members.

B. Coordinate the installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

Roof specialties are specified in Division 07 Sections.

1.08 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering

for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Centrifugal Roof Ventilators:

a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)

b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)

c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)

d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)

2. Up-blast Roof Exhaust Fans:

a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)

b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)

c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)

Page 138: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)

3. Ceiling-Mounted Ventilators:

a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)

b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)

c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)

d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)

e. Broan-NuTone LLC (888-336-6151)

f. Panasonic Corporation of North America (866-292-7292)

4. In-Line Centrifugal Fans:

a. Carnes Co. (608-845-6411)

b. Loren Cook Company (417-869-6474)

c. Greenheck Fan Corporation(715-359-6171)

d. PennBarry (972-234-3202)

2.02 CENTRIFUGAL ROOF VENTILATORS

A. Description: Belt-driven or direct-drive centrifugal fans, as indicated, consisting of

housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb

base, and accessories.

B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, dome top and outlet baffle; square, one-piece,

aluminum base with venturi inlet cone.

C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.

D. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to the housing, with the following

features:

1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel drive shaft keyed to wheel hub.

2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball

bearings.

3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.

4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust air stream.

E. Accessories: The following items are required as indicated:

1. Variable-Speed Controller: Solid-state control to reduce speed from 100 percent to

less than 50 percent. (Direct drive fans only).

2. Disconnect Switch: Nonfusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted

inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.

3. Bird Screens: Removable 1/2-inch mesh, aluminum or brass wire.

4. Dampers: Counterbalanced, parallel-blade, backdraft dampers mounted in curb

base; factory set to close when fan stops.

Page 139: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 2-inch- thick, rigid,

fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls; and 2-inch wood nailer. Size as

required to suit roof opening and fan base. Built-in cant and mounting flange.

a. Overall Height: 12 inches. Minimum.

2.03 UPBLAST ROOF EXHAUST

A. Description: Belt-driven or direct-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel,

fan shaft, bearings, motor and disconnect switch, drive assembly, curb base, and

accessories.

B. Housing: Removable, spun-aluminum, square one-piece, aluminum base with venturi

inlet cone.

1. Up-blast Units: Provide spun-aluminum discharge baffle to direct discharge air

upward, with rain and snow drains and grease collector.

C. Fan Wheels: Aluminum hub and wheel with backward-inclined blades.

D. Belt-Driven Drive Assembly: Resiliently mounted to housing, with the following features:

1. Fan Shaft: Turned, ground, and polished steel; keyed to wheel hub.

2. Shaft Bearings: Permanently lubricated, permanently sealed, self-aligning ball

bearings.

3. Pulleys: Cast-iron, adjustable-pitch motor pulley.

4. Fan and motor isolated from exhaust airstream.

E. Accessories:

1. Disconnect Switch: Non-fusible type, with thermal-overload protection mounted

inside fan housing, factory wired through an internal aluminum conduit.

2. Bird Screens: Removable, ½ inch(13-mm) mesh, aluminum or brass wire.

3. Motorized Dampers: Parallel-blade dampers mounted in curb base with electric

actuator; wired to close when fan stops.

F. Roof Curbs: Galvanized steel; mitered and welded corners; 1-1/2 inch thick, rigid,

fiberglass insulation adhered to inside walls with galvanized steel metal liner; and 1-1/2

inch wood nailer. Size as required to suit roof opening and fan base.

2.04 CEILING-MOUNTED VENTILATORS

A. Description: Centrifugal fans designed for installing in ceiling or wall, or for concealed

in-line applications.

B. Housing: Galvanized steel lined with acoustical insulation.

C. Fan Wheel: Centrifugal wheels directly mounted on motor shaft. Fan shrouds, motor,

and fan wheel shall be removable for service.

D. Grille: Aluminum, louvered grille or egg-crate with flange on intake and thumbscrew

attachment to fan housing.

E. Electrical Requirements: Junction box for electrical connection on housing and

receptacle for motor plug-in.

Page 140: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Variable-Speed Controller Mounted on Fan Housing: Solid-state control to reduce speed

from 100 percent to less than 50 percent.

G. Sound Level: Guestroom Toilets shall have a maximum of 0.3 Sones per HVI 915

Procedure for Loudness Rating of Residential Fan Products – Refer to Light Fixture

Matrix for approved manufacturers and models.

H. Accessories: Manufacturer's standard roof jack or wall cap, and transition fittings.

2.05 IN-LINE CENTRIFUGAL FANS

A. Description: In-line, belt-driven, or direct-drive centrifugal fans consisting of housing,

wheel, outlet guide vanes, fan shaft, bearings, drive assembly, motor and disconnect

switch, mounting brackets, and accessories.

B. Housing: Split, spun-aluminum housing, with aluminum straightening vanes; inlet and

outlet flanges; and support bracket adaptable to floor, side wall, or ceiling mounting.

C. Direct-Drive Units: Motor encased in housing out of air stream, factory wired to

disconnect located on outside of fan housing.

D. Belt-Driven Units: Motor mounted on adjustable base, with adjustable sheaves,

enclosure around belts within fan housing, and lubricating tubes from fan bearings

extended to outside of fan housing.

E. Fan Wheels: Aluminum, airfoil blades welded to aluminum hub.

F. Accessories: The following accessories are required as indicated:

1. Volume-Control Damper: Manually operated with quadrant lock, located in fan

outlet.

2. Companion Flanges: For inlet and outlet duct connections.

3. Fan Guards: Expanded metal in removable frame. Provide fan guards for units not

connected to ductwork.

2.06 MOTORS

A. Refer to Section 23 05 13 - "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for

general requirements for factory-installed motors.

B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.

C. Enclosure Type: The following features are required as indicated:

1. Open dripproof motors where satisfactorily housed or remotely located during

operation.

2.07 FACTORY FINISHES

A. Sheet Metal Parts: Prime coat before final assembly.

B. Exterior Surfaces: Baked-enamel finish coat after assembly.

C. Aluminum Parts: No finish required.

2.08 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Requirements: The following factory tests are required as indicated:

Page 141: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Sound Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan

Sound Ratings From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans according to AMCA 300,

"Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA

Seal.

2. Fan Performance Ratings: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of

rotation, and efficiency by factory tests and ratings according to AMCA 210,

"Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating."

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements of installation

tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the power ventilators. Do not

proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install power ventilators according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Support units using the vibration-control devices indicated. Vibration-control devices

are specified in Section 23 05 48 - "Vibration, and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and

Equipment."

1. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium-plated hardware.

a. Installation of roof curbs is specified in Division 07 Sections.

2. Suspend units from structural steel support frame using threaded steel rods and

vibration isolation springs.

3. Ceiling Units: Suspend units from structure using steel wire or metal straps.

C. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.

D. Label units according to requirements specified in Section 23 05 53 "Identification for

HVAC Piping and Equipment."

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Duct installation and connection requirements are specified in other Division 15

Sections. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts and duct accessories.

Make final duct connections with flexible connectors.

B. Electrical: Conform to applicable requirements in Division 26 Sections.

C. Grounding: Ground equipment. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals, including

grounding connections, according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values.

Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A

and UL 486B.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Provide services of a factory-authorized service

representative to supervise the field assembly of components and installation of fans,

including duct and electrical connections, and to report results in writing.

Page 142: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation.

B. Adjust belt tension.

C. Lubricate bearings.

3.06 CLEANING

A. After completing installation, inspect exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and

construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips, scratches, and

abrasions.

B. Clean fan interiors to remove foreign material and construction debris. Vacuum clean

fan wheel and cabinet.

3.07 COMMISSIONING

A. Final Checks before Startup: Perform the following operations and checks before

startup:

1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed.

2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that connections

for piping, ducts, and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper

thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnects.

3. Perform cleaning and adjusting specified in this Section.

4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction, and verify

fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system,

align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.

5. Lubricate bearings, pulleys, belts, and other moving parts with factory-

recommended lubricants.

6. Verify that manual and automatic volume control and fire and smoke dampers in

connected ductwork systems are in the fully open position.

7. Disable automatic temperature-control operators.

B. Starting procedures for fans are as follows:

1. Energize motor; verify proper operation of motor, drive system, and fan wheel.

Adjust fan to indicated RPM.

2. Measure and record motor voltage and amperage.

C. Shut unit down and reconnect automatic temperature-control operators.

D. Refer to Section 23 05 93 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC" for procedures

for air-handling-system testing, adjusting, and balancing.

E. Replace fan and motor pulleys as required to achieve design conditions.

3.08 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance

personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.

Page 143: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

HVAC POWER VENTILATORS 23 34 23-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 (01820) "Training”.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to

startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive.

END OF SECTION

Page 144: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 145: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 37 00 - AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Diffusers

2. Registers

3. Grilles

4. Louvers

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 33 00 (15820) – Air Duct Accessories.

3. Section 23 05 93 (15950) - Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for HVAC.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Architectural Manufacturers Association (AAMA) Publications:

1. 2604 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusion and Panels”

2. 2605 “Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for

Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels”

B. Air Movement & Control Association International, Inc. (AMCA)

C. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. 70 "Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets"

D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the

ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions

and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air.

B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be

located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.

C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: For each model indicated, include the following:

Page 146: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Data Sheet: For each type of air outlet and inlet, and accessory furnished;

indicate construction, finish, and mounting details.

b. Performance Data: Include throw and drop, static-pressure drop, and noise

ratings for each type of air outlet and inlet.

c. Schedule of diffusers, registers, and grilles indicating drawing designation,

room location, quantity, model number, size, and accessories furnished.

d. Assembly Drawing: For each type of air outlet and inlet: indicate materials and

methods of assembly of components.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Product Options: Drawings and schedules indicate specific requirements of diffusers,

registers, and grilles and are based on the specific requirements of the systems indicated.

B. NFPA Compliance: Install diffusers, registers, and grilles according to NFPA 90A,

"Standard for the Installation of air-conditioning and Ventilating Systems."

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:

a. Titus (972-699-1030)

b. Carnes (608-845-6411)

c. Krueger (972-680-9136)

2. Exterior Louvers:

a. Ruskin Company (816-761-7476)

b. American Warming & Ventilating Co., A Division of Mestek, Inc. (419-865-5000)

c. Arrow United Industries, A Division of Mestek, Inc. (570-746-1888)

2.02 MANUFACTURED UNITS

A. Diffusers, Registers, and Grilles:

1. As scheduled on Drawings

B. Exterior Louvers:

1. Provide exterior wall louvers; size as indicated on Drawings.

2. Louvers shall be AMCA certified for zero water penetration and maximum 1/8-inch

pressure drop at a free area velocity of 900 fpm.

3. Louvers shall be stationary drainage blade type with a 4” deep constructed of 0.081”

thick 6063-TS extruded aluminum complete with ½” aluminum screen in removable

frame.

4. Frames shall be box type for masonry construction and flange type for frame

construction.

Page 147: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS 23 37 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Louver Finish:.

a. Two-coat 50% PVDF factory applied finish in accordance with AAMA 2604, dry

film thickness 1.2 mil.

b. Color: Refer to Exterior Finish Index.

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing: Test performance according to ASHRAE 70, "Method of Testing for Rating the

Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets."

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas where diffusers, registers, and grilles are to be installed for compliance

with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance

of equipment. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles level and plumb, according to manufacturer's

written instructions, Coordination Drawings, original design, and referenced standards.

B. Ceiling-Mounted Outlets and Inlets: Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts,

fittings, and accessories. Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve

design requirements for air volume, noise criteria, airflow pattern, throw, and pressure

drop. Make final locations where indicated, as much as practicable. For units installed in

lay-in ceiling panels, locate units in the center of the panel. Where architectural features

or other item conflict with installation notify Owner’s Representative for a determination

of final location.

C. Install diffusers, registers, and grilles with airtight connection to ducts and to allow

service and maintenance of dampers, air extractors, and fire dampers.

3.03 ADJUSTING

A. After installation, adjust diffusers, registers, and grilles to air patterns indicated, or as

directed, before starting air balancing.

3.04 CLEANING

A. After installation of diffusers, registers, and grilles, inspect exposed finish. Clean

exposed surfaces to remove burrs, dirt, and smudges. Replace diffusers, registers, and

grilles that have damaged finishes.

END OF SECTION

Page 148: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 149: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 41 00 - PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Disposable Panel Filters

2. Extended Surface Filters

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 81 13.13 (15735) - Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioning Units

3. Section 23 81 13.19 (15735) – Vertical Packaged Terminal Air-Conditioning Units

4. Section 23 81 19 (15736) - Self-Contained Air-Conditioning Units

5. Section 23 37 00 (15850) - Air Outlets and Inlets

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. 52.1 “Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for Testing Air-Cleaning Devices Used

in General Ventilation for Removing Particulate Matter”

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

2. 90B “Standard for the Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air-Conditioning

Systems”

C. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:

1. 900 “Test Performance of Air Filter Units”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. Include dimensions; shipping, installed, and operating weights; required

clearances and access; rated flow capacity, including initial and final pressure

drop at rated airflow; efficiency and test method; fire classification; furnished

specialties; and accessories for each model indicated.

2. Maintenance Data: For each type of filter and rack to include in maintenance

manuals specified in Division 01. Reference Section 01 78 23 (01830) “Operation

and Maintenance Data” for additional requirements.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

Page 150: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."

2. Credit EQc4.1: Low-Emitting Materials: VOC Data for Adhesives and Sealants:

a. Product Data or other documentation for each product/material highlighting

VOC content information.

1) Refer to VOC limit tables in Section 01 81 19 “Indoor Air Quality

Requirements” for VOC limits for adhesive and sealant products in this

Section.

b. Complete the LEED VOC Submittal Form as provided in Section 01 33 00

“Submittal and Substitution Procedures, for products in this Section.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of air

filters and are based on the specific system indicated.

B. Comply with NFPA 90A and NFPA 90B.

C. ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with provisions of ASHRAE 52.1 for method of testing and

rating efficiency, arrestance, and dust holding capacity.

D. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL): Comply with UL Standards pertaining to safety and

performance of air filter units including UL 900 “Test Performance of Air Filter Units.”

1.05 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering

for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Air Filters, Electrostatic Air Cleaners, and Filter-Holding Systems:

a. AAF International (800-477-1214)

b. Camfil Farr (973-616-7300)

c. International Air Filter, Inc. (800-797-1000)

2.02 DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS

A. Description: Factory-fabricated, viscous-coated, flat-panel type, disposable air filters

with holding frames.

B. Media: Interlaced glass fibers sprayed with nonflammable adhesive.

C. Frame: Cardboard frame with perforated metal retainer.

D. Duct-Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners and

suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.

Page 151: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PARTICULATE AIR FILTRATION 23 41 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2.03 EXTENDED-SURFACE, DISPOSABLE PANEL FILTERS

A. Description: Factory-fabricated, dry, one [1-inch] [2-inch] extended-surface filters with

holding frames.

B. Media: Fibrous material formed into deep-V-shaped pleats and held by self-supporting

wire grid.

C. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Nonflammable rigid drip board frame with expanded

metal support cross braced on both sides of filter media.

D. Media and Media-Grid Frame: Galvanized steel.

E. Duct-Mounting Frames: Welded, galvanized steel with gaskets and fasteners, and

suitable for bolting together into built-up filter banks.

PART 3 EXECUTION

A. Install filter frames according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Position each filter unit with clearance for normal service and maintenance. Anchor

filter holding frames to substrate.

C. Install filters in position to prevent passage of unfiltered air. Joints between filter frames

and enclosing ductwork shall be gasketed and sealed against air leakages.

D. Coordinate filter installations with duct and air-handling unit installations.

3.02 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation and testing, adjusting, and balancing air-handling

and air-distribution systems, clean filter housings and install new filter media.

END OF SECTION

Page 152: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 153: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 51 00 - BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Type B Gas Vents.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 07 92 00 (07920) - Joint Sealants

3. Section 07 84 00 (07840) - Firestopping

4. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

1.02 REFERENCES

A. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 211 “Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning Appliances”

B. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National Association (SMACNA)

Publications:

1. “HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible”

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. For each type of product indicated. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed,

and operating weights; furnished specialties; and accessories.

2. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for breechings, chimneys,

and stacks. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other

Work. Detail assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights, loads, required

clearances, method of field assembly, components, hangers and seismic restraints,

and location and size of each field connection.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations: Obtain Type B vent system components through one source from a

single manufacturer.

B. Comply with SMACNA's " HVAC Duct Construction Standards—Metal and Flexible " for

Fabricated Breechings.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Type B Gas Vents:

Page 154: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. American Metal Group (800-423-4270)

b. Hart & Cooley, Inc. (800-433-6341)

c. Selkirk (800-992-8368)

2.02 TYPE B GAS VENTS

A. Description: Double-wall gas vents complying with NFPA 211, Type B. Inner pipe of

sheet aluminum, outer pipe of galvanized-steel sheet, each with the following minimum

thicknesses:

1. Round, 6-Inch and Smaller ID: 0.012-inch inner pipe, 0.0187-inch outer pipe.

2. Round, 7- to 18-Inch ID: 0.014-inch inner pipe, 0.0187-inch outer pipe.

B. Accessories: Tees, elbows, increasers, draft hood connectors, metal cap with bird

barrier, adjustable roof flashing, storm collar, support assembly, thimbles, firestop

spacers, and fasteners; fabricated of similar materials and designs as vent-pipe straight

sections.

C. Provide and install cleanouts as required by local codes.

D. Terminate vents as shown and detailed on Drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION OF MANUFACTURED BREECHINGS, CHIMNEYS, AND STACKS

A. Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Locate to comply with

minimum clearances from combustibles.

B. Install, support, and restrain according to requirements of seismic zone.

C. Seal between sections of positive-pressure vents according to manufacturer's written

installation instructions, using sealants recommended by manufacturer.

D. Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support weight of vent

and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF DAMPERS

A. Install barometric operated dampers according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Locate as close to draft hood collar as possible.

3.03 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including terminals, inspect exposed finishes.

Remove paint splatters and other spots, dirt, and debris. Repair damaged finish to match

original finish.

B. Clean breechings internally, during and on completion of installation, to remove dust and

debris.

C. Provide temporary closures at ends of breechings and chimneys that are not completed

or connected to equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 155: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

BREECHINGS CHIMNEYS AND STACKS 23 51 00-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

Page 156: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 157: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 73 40 - GAS-FIRED MAKEUP AIR UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Indirect Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Units

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment

4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and

Equipment

5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC

7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC

9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls

10. Division 23 11 23 (15194) – Facility Natural-Gas Piping

11. Division 23 63 13 (15725) – Air-Cooled Condensers

1.02 REFERENCES

A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”

2. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”

B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 54 "National Fuel Gas Code"

2. 70 "National Electric Code"

3. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

C. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:

1. 430 “Central Station Air Handling Units”

D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) Publications:

1. Z83.4 "Direct Gas-Fired Make-Up Air Heaters";

2. Z83.18 "Direct Gas-Fired Industrial Air Heaters"

E. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. (UL) Standards:

1. 181 “Standard for Factory-Made Air Ducts and Air Connectors”

Page 158: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. New Buildings Institute (NBI) Publications:

1. “Core Performance Guide”

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. Diffuser: Circular, square, or rectangular air distribution outlet, generally located in the

ceiling and comprised of deflecting members discharging supply air in various directions

and planes and arranged to promote mixing of primary air with secondary room air.

B. Grille: A louvered or perforated covering for an opening in an air passage, which can be

located in a sidewall, ceiling, or floor.

C. Register: A combination grille and damper assembly over an air opening.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data: Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories.

2. Shop Drawings: Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions, weights,

loads, required clearances, and methods of field assembly, components, and location

and size of each field connection. Prepare the following by or under the supervision

of a qualified professional engineer:

a. Mounting Details: For suspending units from building structural system.

b. Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.

3. Startup service reports.

4. Operation and Maintenance Data: For units to include in emergency, operation, and

maintenance manuals.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004.

2. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with Advanced Buildings Core Performance

Guide Criteria 2.9 – Mechanical Equipment Efficiency Requirements

3. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in

NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,

and marked for intended use.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

Page 159: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate size, location, installation, and structural capacity of equipment supports.

1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering

for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Greenheck Fan Corporation (713-359-6171)

2. Reznor, a Brand of Thomas & Betts Corporation (800-695-1901)

3. Sterling HVAC Products; Mestek, Inc. (413-564-5540)

2.02 GAS-FIRED MAKE-UP AIR UNITS

A. General: Provide packaged make-up air units with indirect gas-fired heat as scheduled

on the drawings for indoor applications. Units shall be listed to UL 1995.

1. Gas Furnaces less than 225,000 Btu/hr shall have a minimum AFUE (Annual Fuel

Utilization Efficiency) of 80%.

B. Unit Casing and Frames: Unit shall be of internal frame type construction of galvanized

steel. All frames and panels shall be G90 galvanized steel. All components shall be easily

accessible through removable access doors.

1. Unit casing shall be insulated with 1-inch thickness glass fiber insulation with facing.

Insulation shall be in accordance with NFPA 90A and tested to meet UL 181 erosion

requirements.

C. Indirect-Fired Gas Furnace: Factory assembled, piped, and wired.

1. Burners: Cast-iron burner with stainless-steel mixing plates.

a. Control Valve: Modulating with minimum turndown ratio of 25:1.

b. Fuel: Natural gas.

c. Pilot: Electrically ignited by hot-surface ceramic igniter.

2. Safety Controls:

a. Gas Manifold: Safety switches and controls to comply with ANSI standards and

IRI.

b. Purge-Period Timer: Automatically delays burner ignition and bypasses low-

limit control.

c. Airflow Proving Switch: Dual pressure switch senses correct airflow before

energizing pilot and requires airflow to be maintained within minimum and

maximum pressure settings across burner.

Page 160: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

d. Manual-Reset, High-Limit Control Device: Stops burner and closes main gas

valve if high-limit temperature is exceeded.

e. Gas Train: Redundant, automatic main gas valves, electric pilot valve,

electronic-modulating temperature control valve, main and pilot gas regulators,

main and pilot manual shutoff valves, main and pilot pressure taps, and high-

low gas pressure switches to comply with IRI requirements.

f. Safety Lockout Switch: Locks out ignition sequence if burner fails to light after

three tries. Controls are reset manually by turning the unit off and on.

g. Control Transformer: Integrally mounted 24-V ac.

3. Temperature Control: Heat output shall be controlled based on a field adjustable

discharge temperature set point. Discharge temperature sensor shall be factory

mounted and wired to the unit control center.

4. A remote control panel shall be provided for unit function display and remote

adjustment of set points.

D. Fan Section:

1. Centrifugal fans shall be double width, double inlet. Fan and motor shall be mounted

on a common base and shall be internally isolated. All blower wheels shall be

statically and dynamically balanced. Ground and polished steel fan shafts shall be

mounted in permanently lubricated ball bearings or ball bearing pillow blocks.

Bearings shall be selected for a minimum (L10) life in excess of 100,000 hours at

maximum cataloged speeds.

2. Motors And Drives: Motors shall be energy efficient, complying with EPACT

standards, for single speed TEFC enclosures. Motors shall be permanently

lubricated, heavy duty type, matched to the fan load and furnished at the specified

voltage, phase and enclosure. Drives shall be sized for a minimum of 150% of driven

horsepower. Pulleys shall be cast and have machined surfaces.

3. Entire fan assembly shall be mounted on a spring type vibration isolation base.

E. Filter Section: Filters shall be mounted in a V-bank arrangement such that velocities

across the filters do not exceed 550 feet per minute. Filters shall be easily accessible

through a removable access panel. Provide two sets of filters and replace after final

clean-up.

F. Electrical: All internal electrical components shall be prewired for single point power

connection. All electrical components shall be UL listed, recognized or classified where

applicable and wired in compliance with the National Electrical Code. Control center

shall include motor starter, control circuit fusing, control transformer for 120 VAC

circuit, integral disconnect switch with separate motor fusing and terminal strip.

Contactors, Class 20 adjustable overload protection and single phase protection shall be

provided.

1. A smoke detector shall be factory installed and wired to operate in accordance with

NFPA 90A.

G. Controls:

Page 161: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Factory-wired, fuse-protected control transformer, connection for power supply

and field-wired unit to remote control panel.

2. Control Panel: Surface-mounted remote panel, with engraved plastic cover, and the

following lights and switches:

a. On-off fan switch.

b. Supply-fan operation indicating light.

c. Heating operation indicating light.

d. Thermostat.

e. Dirty-filter indicating light operated by unit-mounted differential pressure

switch.

f. Safety-lockout indicating light.

3. Fan Control: Interlock fan to start with exhaust fans.

4. Temperature Control: Operate gas valve to maintain discharge-air temperature

with factory-mounted sensor in blower outlet.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas and conditions, for compliance with requirements for

installation tolerances and other conditions affecting installation of units.

B. Examine roughing-in for piping, ducts, and electrical systems to verify actual locations of

connections before equipment installation.

C. Examine equipment supports for suitable conditions where units will be installed.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install gas-fired units according to NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code."

B. Suspend interior units from overhead building structural system or pad mount as

indicated on the drawings.

C. Install controls and equipment shipped by manufacturer for field installation with units.

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping Connections: Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and

specialties. Install piping adjacent to machine to allow service and maintenance.

1. Gas Piping: Comply with requirements in Division 23 Section "Natural Gas Piping."

Connect gas piping with shutoff valve and union and with sufficient clearance for

burner removal and service. Provide AGA-approved flexible connectors.

B. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Division 23 Section

"Metal Ducts." Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply and

return ducts to units with flexible duct connectors. Flexible duct connectors are

specified in Division 23 Section "Air Duct Accessories."

Page 162: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Ground equipment a connect wiring according to Division 26 requirements.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING

A. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written

instructions and perform the following:

1. Inspect for visible damage to furnace combustion chamber.

2. Inspect casing insulation for integrity, moisture content, and adhesion.

3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.

4. Verify that controls are connected and operable.

5. Verify that filters are installed.

6. Purge gas line.

7. Inspect and adjust vibration isolators.

8. Verify bearing lubrication.

9. Inspect fan-wheel rotation for movement in correct direction without vibration and

binding.

10. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.

11. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.

12. Complete startup sheets and attach copy with Contractor's startup report.

13. Inspect and record performance of interlocks and protective devices; verify

sequences.

14. Operate unit for run-in period recommended by manufacturer.

15. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and adjust

burner for peak efficiency:

a. Gas Burner:

1) Measure gas pressure at manifold.

2) Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.

3) Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum

firing rate and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.

16. Calibrate thermostats.

17. Adjust and inspect high-temperature limits.

18. Inspect dampers, if any, for proper stroke and interlock with return-air dampers.

19. Start evaporative cooler system and measure and record the following:

a. Leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.

b. Entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.

20. Inspect controls for correct sequencing of heating, mixing dampers, refrigeration,

and normal and emergency shutdown.

Page 163: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

GAS-FIRED MAKEUP UNITS 23 73 40-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

21. Measure and record airflow. Plot fan volumes on fan curve.

22. Verify operation of remote panel, including pilot-operation and failure modes.

Inspect the following:

a. High-limit heat.

b. Alarms.

23. After startup and performance testing, change filters, verify bearing lubrication, and

adjust belt tension.

B. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of this

work.

C. Remove and replace malfunctioning components that do not pass tests and inspections

and retest as specified above.

D. Prepare written report of the results of startup services.

3.05 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust initial temperature set points.

B. Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated.

C. Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial

Completion, provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied

conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project during other-than-normal occupancy

hours for this purpose.

3.06 DEMONSTRATION

A. Train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.

END OF SECTION

Page 164: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 165: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 74 33 - DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Dedicated Outdoor-Air Units.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment

4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and

Equipment

5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC

7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC

9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls

10. Division 23 11 23 (15194) – Facility Natural-Gas Piping

11. Division 26 (16) Sections for electrical connections.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:

1. 410 "Forced Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils”

2. 1060 "Performance of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery Ventilation

Equipment”

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”

2. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”

C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"

D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

1. 70 "National Electric Code"

2. 90A “Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems”

Page 166: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data including manufacturer's technical data, clearly indicated for each

model, including: rated capacities, operating characteristics, dimensions, weights

(shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, accessories, and

installation and startup instructions.

2. Shop Drawings from manufacturer detailing equipment assemblies and indicate

dimensions, weights, loadings, required clearances, method of field assembly,

components, and location and size of each field connection. Detail mounting,

securing, and flashing of roof curb to roof structure. Indicate coordinating

requirements with roof membrane system.

3. Wiring Diagrams detailing wiring for power, signal, and control systems. Clearly

differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

4. Commissioning report, including pre-functional testing checklists, indicating the

results of unit startup, testing and commissioning requirements.

5. Maintenance data for energy recovery units to include in the operation and

maintenance manual specified in Division 01 and in Section 23 05 00 "Common

Work Results for HVAC."

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 – Heating, Ventilating and Air

Conditioning.

2. Prerequisite EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management

a. Product Data indicating refrigerant compliance.

3. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in

Advanced Buildings Core Performance Guide.

4. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. AHRI Certification: Units and their components shall be factory tested according to the

applicable portions of AHRI 1060, "Performance of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for

Energy Recovery Ventilation Equipment," and AHRI 410, "Forced Circulation Air-Cooling

and Air-Heating Coils," and shall be listed and bear the label of the Air-Conditioning,

Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI ).

B. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors required as part of air-handling units that

are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.

Page 167: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.

D. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section

that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the NFPA National Electrical Code,

Article 100.

E. Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7 – "Construction and

Startup."

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver rooftop units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.

B. Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time to allow movement into building.

C. Handle rooftop units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and installation

instructions for unloading and moving to final location.

1.06 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

1.07 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering

for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1.08 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant all equipment for a period of one (1)

year from date of substantial completion. Extended warranty specified in this Article

shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the

Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other

warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to

replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship

within specified warranty period.

1. Extended Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less

than five years from date of Substantial Completion.

2. Extended Warranty Period for Heat Exchangers: Manufacturer's standard, but not

less than 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

3. Extended Warranty Period for Energy Wheels: Manufacturer's standard, but not

less than 5 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Dedicated Outdoor Air Unit

a. “SolutionAir”; JAFT Corp (888-871-2310 x-108)

b. “RN Series”; AAON, Inc. (905-631-9161)

Page 168: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

c. "TotalAire (QS) Series"; Desert Aire (262-946-7400)

d. “Model ERCH”; Greenheck Fan Corporation (713-359-6171)

e. "Complevent"; Munters Corporation (800-843-5360)

f. "OAU"; Trane (608-787-4810)

g. Seresco (888-737-3726)

h. Advantix Systems (888-818-5171)

2.02 DEDICATED OUTDOOR-AIR UNITS.

A. Description: Packaged self-contained, outdoor rooftop, DX/gas, 100% outside air, unit

of capacities and characteristics as scheduled on the drawings.

1. Each unit shall be completely factory assembled, piped, wired, tested and shipped in

one piece.

2. In the event that the space dry bulb temperature begins to deviate from set point,

the DOAS shall be capable of varying the outside air supply air temperature to

supplement the cooling or heating requirements of the space.

3. Unit shall be capable of varying the moisture content of outside air to the space

based on space humidity. To maintain 59 grains of moisture per pound of dry air

space conditions, the DOAS must be able deliver air down to 39°F dew point supply

air at low air volume conditions.

4. Units shall be designed to cool or dehumidify with entering air temperatures of 45°-

110°F and operate in heating mode down to -40°F. Units shall be capable of

supplying air with a maximum of 59 grains of moisture per pound of dry air, or less

if specified, at both the dry bulb / mean coincidental wet bulb and dew point / mean

coincidental dry bulb temperatures at the 0.4% ASHRAE design conditions for the

location of the installation. Units not capable of delivering 59 grains of moisture per

pound of dry air, or less if specified, at both design conditions are unacceptable.

5. Units shall provide 100% outdoor air directly to the space, or delivered to the

terminal unit(s) supply air duct. Mixed Air units are NOT acceptable.

6. Rooftop units shall have the following minimum equipment efficiencies:

a. ≥ 65,000 Btu/h and < 240,000 Btu/h : 11.5 EER, 11.9 IPLV

b. ≥ 240,000 Btu/h : 10.5 EER, 10.9 IPLV

7. Gas furnaces that are part of rooftop package equipment shall have a minimum

AFUE (Annual Fuel Utilization Efficiency) of 80%.

B. Unit Cabinet:

1. Unit shall be specifically designed for outdoor rooftop application with a fully

weatherproof cabinet. The unit roof shall be sloped or cross-broken to assure

drainage. Unit base shall overhang the roof curb for water run-off. Rain break

overhangs shall be provided above access doors.

2. Cabinet shall be of double wall, insulated design. The cabinet exterior shall be

constructed of painted 20 gauge or heavier G90 galvanized steel, or unpainted

Type 5052 marine grade aluminum using 12 gauge panels & 8 gauge structural

Page 169: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

members, or unpainted Type 304 stainless steel using 18 gauge panels & 14 gauge

structuratl members. The interior shall be Type 5052 aluminum or Type 304

stainless of similar gauge to the cabinet exterior. The cabinet shall be weatherproof

and suitable for outdoor construction and the entire floor shall be designed to

operate as a drain pan so that in the event that rain would enter the cabinet, it will

drain via the condensate drain connection. Insulation shall be in accordance with

the requirements of ASHRAE Standard 90.1-2004, and shall be non-wicking and

moisture resistant. The insulation must not be capable of supporting any biological

growth of any kind. All insulation shall have a smoke and fire rating of 5-5 and shall

be rated Class A. The insulation shall have a VOC content of zero (0).

3. Paint finish shall be capable of withstanding at least 2500 hours, with no visible

corrosive effects, when tested in a salt spray and fog atmosphere in accordance with

ASTM B117-95 test procedure.

4. Unit shall have insulated, hinged access doors with quarter turn handles and full

perimeter gasketed seals. Door fastening screws are not acceptable.

5. Unit shall be factory pre-rigged for a 4-point crane lift.

6. All openings through the base pan of the unit shall have upturned flanges of at least

1/2” in height around the opening through the base pan.

7. Unit shall have a factory-installed cleanable, insulated, double-sloped condensate

drain connection of aluminum or stainless steel.

8. Outdoor air opening shall have a hood or louver with bird screen. Construction and

color shall match cabinet.

9. Dampers:

a. Motor operated outside air damper assembly constructed of extruded

aluminum, hollow core, airfoil blades with rubber edge seals and aluminum end

seals. Damper blades shall be gear driven and designed to have no more than

15 CFM of leakage per sq. ft. of damper area when subjected to 2” w.g. air

pressure differential across the damper.

10. All evaporator, condenser and water coils shall be cleanable. All coils shall be a

maximum of 4 rows thick, 10 fins per inch and include a minimum of a 4 inch clean-

out access between coils. The floor below the coil shall be suitable for drainage of

the cleaning solution. All coils must be coated in order to reduce corrosion from

contaminants from outside air and moisture and increase watershed capability. The

coating shall be a thermal set acrylic having an ASTM B117 salt test rating that

exceeds 1000 hours. Coatings shall be hydrophobic to aid in draining water from the

coil. Interlaced coils shall NOT be acceptable. Units with coils that have more than

10 fins per inch or that have lanced fins are NOT acceptable.

11. Color coded wiring diagrams shall be laminated in plastic and permanently affixed

inside the control compartment.

12. Unit shall have decals and tags to indicate unit lifting and rigging, service areas and

caution areas.

13. Unit nameplates shall be fixed to the main control panel door.

Page 170: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Roof Curb:

1. Roof curb shall be constructed of similar metal as the cabinet construction. Curbs

are to be factory welded construction providing full perimeter support, cross

structure support and air seal for the unit.

D. Supply Fan:

1. Plenum supply fan shall be backward inclined, belt driven, non-overloading, and

designed for high efficiency operation at higher static pressures with lower noise

levels. Blowers shall be constructed of epoxy-coated steel for corrosion resistance.

The assembly shall include a backward inclined fan wheel, housing, solid steel fan

shaft, encased ball bearings, fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves. Mount fan

and motor assembly on adjustable base for proper belt tensioning.

2. Exhaust fan shall be backward inclined, direct drive type, non-overloading, and

designed for high efficiency operation at higher static pressures with lower noise

levels. Blowers shall be constructed of epoxy-coated steel for corrosion resistance.

The assembly shall include a backward inclined fan wheel, housing, solid steel fan

shaft, encased ball bearings, fan pulley and adjustable motor sheaves. Mount fan

and motor assembly on adjustable base for proper belt tensioning.

3. Fans shall be statically and dynamically balanced.

4. The fan assembly shall be Blower and motor base is to be mounted on 4 spring and

rubber isolators having minimum 3/4-inch deflection. Blower to be isolated from

the cabinet with a flexible connector having a 25-50 fire rating.

5. Fan shaft bearings shall be heavy duty, permanently lubricated, self-aligning ball or

roller pillow block type. Bearings shall have a minimum life (L-10) of 80,000 hours

at maximum operating speed and horsepower for each construction level.

E. Air-Cooled Condenser:

1. The condensing section shall be equipped with vertical discharge, propeller type,

direct drive fans with corrosion-resistant blades and supports. Direct drive fans

shall be directly connected to and supported by the motor shaft. Fans shall be

statically and dynamically balanced.

2. Condenser coils shall have enhanced surface aluminum plate fins mechanically

bonded to the copper tubes with all joints brazed.

F. Refrigerant System:

1. Unit shall be factory charged with R-410A refrigerant.

2. Compressors:

a. Fully hermetic, scroll type compressors with crankcase heater, overload

protection and short cycle protection with minimum on and off timers.

b. Compressors shall be mounted on the compressor manufacturer’s

recommended rubber vibration isolators and shall be isolated from the base

pan and supply air to avoid transmission of noise from the compressor into the

building. Vibrasorb isolators shall be installed in both the suction and

discharge tubing of each compressor.

Page 171: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

c. Compressors shall be mounted in an isolated compartment to permit operation

of the unit without affecting air flow when the door to the compartment is open.

d. Each compressor shall be individually staged for capacity control. Units

exceeding 2,000 cfm shall have a minimum of 3 independent refrigeration

circuits that have no shared components. Each circuit must be able to operate

at any time without the assistance or aid of any component of the other circuits

with the exception of the controls and blower. Any or all components of any

single circuit must be constructed in such a way as to be removable without

disturbing or disrupting or contaminating any of the other circuits. Each

compressor shall be dedicated to an individual evaporator coil, TXV and

condenser coil and operate independently. Tandem compressors shall NOT be

acceptable. Minimum 2-stage capacity control on units over 10 tons and above.

3. Refrigerant System Specialties for each circuit:

a. Refrigerant dryer.

b. Adjustable thermostatic expansion valve.

c. High and low pressure switches.

d. Gage connection ports.

e. Liquid line sight glass.

f. Service/charging valves.

4. Capacity Control:

a. Multiple compressor design and Variable Speed Digital Scroll compressor

design shall provide 0-100% capacity control for continuous dehumidification

upon demand. Energy wasting hot gas bypass refrigerant control shall NOT be

acceptable.

b. Unit shall be equipped with variable speed low ambient head pressure control

to allow operation down to 35 F.

5. Evaporator coil shall have minimum corrosion potential from dissimilar metals. Coil

casing shall be either copper, aluminum, stainless steel. Galvanized steel coil casings

shall NOT be acceptable

6. Evaporator coil shall be furnished with a double sloped drain pan fabricated of Type

5052 aluminum, or Type 304 stainless steel for the positive drainage of condensate.

G. Filter Section:

1. Both outdoor and exhaust air steams shall have 4” thick pleated, high efficiency

filters with a minimum MERV-13 rating.

H. Filter Section:

1. Both outdoor and exhaust air steams shall have 2” thick fiberglass filters with a

minimum MERV-7 rating.

I. Winter Heating Mode

1. Indirect-Fired Gas Heating:

Page 172: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-8

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

a. Gas heating shall be induced-draft combustion type with an energy saving

direct spark ignition system and redundant main gas valves.

b. Heat exchanger shall be tubular section type, constructed of 20 gauge stainless

steel.

c. Burners shall be in-shot type constructed of stainless steel and have sufficient

staging as to provide the supply air temperature within 2 degrees (F) of the

DOAS supply air setpoint, even at startup, regardless of the entering air

temperature. As the supply air volume modulates to meet ventilation demands,

the supply air temperature shall not rise above or below the set point

temperature, +/- 2 degrees (F).

d. Gas shall enter the unit at a single location.

J. Controls:

1. Dedicated Outdoor-Air Unit Controller:

a. The unit shall include a factory installed microprocessor based unit controller

which controls the operation of all unit functions including: dampers, supply

and exhaust fans, energy recovery wheel, refrigerant system and gas heater.

b. Controller shall be capable of the monitoring the following functions, safeties

and alarms.

1) Factory-installed dirty filter status for both supply and exhaust filter

banks.

2) Factory-installed fan status switch for both supply and exhaust fans.

3) Energy wheel defrost control and air bypass.

c. Controller shall be BACNet, Modbus and LonWorks protocol compatible.

d. Shall include and alarm indicator and audible alarm signal.

2. Fan current transducer.

3. Supply air temperature sensor.

4. Outside air temperature sensor.

5. Relative humidity sensor.

K. Fire Alarm System Interface:

1. Provide dry contact control interface to connect to fire alarm panel, so that unit

shuts down in the event the fire alarm system goes into alarm.

L. Airflow Monitoring/Control & Building Pressure Control:

1. Provide building pressure differential sensor and controls to maintain building

pressure at a user adjustable setting (initially set at 0.05” w.g.). The building

pressure sensor is to be accurate to within 0.02” w.g. and is to be self-calibrating.

Upon a rise in building pressure, the unit controls are to slow down the supply air

fan (through the variable speed drive). The opposite is to happen on a drop in

building pressure.

M. Electrical:

Page 173: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-9

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and wired main disconnect switch.

Integral branch fusing shall be accomplished through the use of resettable circuit

breakers. Replaceable fuses are NOT acceptable.

2. Unit shall be provided with phase and brown-out protection to shut down all motors

in the unit if the phases are more than 10% out of balance on voltage, or the voltage

is more than 10% under design voltage or on phase reversal. In the event that a

poor power condition is detected, the power monitoring feature will

instantaneously shut the unit down and isolate the microprocessor controller from

the incoming power supply. The Power Monitor feature shall record and save a

minimum of 10 fault conditions in the fault history log. The Power Monitor feature

shall automatically restart the unit after power has returned within acceptable

parameters for a preset period of time.

3. Unit shall be provided with a factory installed and wired 115 volt, 12 amp ground

fault service receptacle powered by a 1.5 KVA transformer. The convenient outlet

shall be fed by an independent power supply.

2.03 MOTORS

A. Refer to Division 23 Section "Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment" for

general requirements for factory-installed motors.

B. Motor Construction: NEMA MG 1, general purpose, continuous duty, Design B.

C. Enclosure Type: Open, dripproof.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation and

performance of rooftop units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory

conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install units according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Install units level and plumb, maintaining manufacturer's recommended clearances.

C. Curb Support: Install roof curbs in such manner as maintain roof bond. Provide roof

opening, flashing, counter-flashing, sealant, roof insulation and structural framing

members. Install and secure rooftop units on curbs.

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings

indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following are

specific connection requirements:

1. Install piping to allow service and maintenance.

2. Gas Piping: Comply with applicable requirements in Division 22 Section "Natural

Gas Piping." Connect gas piping to burner, full size of gas train inlet, and connect

with union and shutoff valve with sufficient clearance for burner removal and

service.

Page 174: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-10

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings

indicate the general arrangement of ducts.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING

A. Verify that installation is as indicated and specified.

B. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of the

following.

C. Complete manufacturer's installation and startup checks and perform the following:

1. Level unit on curb, and flash curbs to unit and to roof.

2. Inspect for visible damage to unit casing.

3. Verify that clearances have been provided for servicing.

4. Check that labels are clearly visible.

5. Verify that controls are connected and operable.

6. Remove shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps.

7. Verify that filters are installed.

8. Clean furnace flue and inspect for construction debris.

9. Connect and purge gas line.

10. Adjust vibration isolators.

11. Inspect operation of barometric dampers.

12. Check operation of mixing dampers.

D. Lubricate bearings on fan.

E. Check fan-wheel rotation for correct direction without vibration and binding.

F. Adjust fan belts to proper alignment and tension.

G. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.

H. Check and record performance of interlocks and protection devices; verify sequences.

I. Operate unit for an initial period as recommended or required by manufacturer.

J. Check internal isolators.

K. Check controls for correct sequencing of heating, cooling, mixing dampers, and normal

and emergency shutdown.

L. Perform the following operations for both minimum and maximum firing and adjust

burner for peak efficiency. Adjust pilot to stable flame.

1. Measure gas pressure on manifold.

2. Measure combustion-air temperature at inlet to combustion chamber.

3. Measure flue-gas temperature at furnace discharge.

4. Perform flue-gas analysis. Measure and record flue-gas carbon dioxide and oxygen

concentration.

Page 175: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

DEDICATED OUTDOOR AIR UNITS 23 74 33-11

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Measure supply-air temperature and volume when burner is at maximum firing rate

and when burner is off. Calculate useful heat to supply air.

M. Start refrigeration system and measure and record the following:

1. Coil leaving-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.

2. Coil entering-air, dry- and wet-bulb temperatures.

3. Outside-air, dry-bulb temperature.

4. Outside-air-coil, discharge-air, dry-bulb temperature.

N. Measure and record the following minimum and maximum airflows. Plot fan volumes on

fan curve.

1. Supply-air volume.

O. After starting and performance testing, change filters, vacuum heat exchanger and coils,

lubricate bearings, and adjust belt tension.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance

personnel.

1. Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 "Training”.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to

startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.

3. Review data in the maintenance manuals.

END OF SECTION

Page 176: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:
Page 177: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 81 13 - PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR-CONDITIONING UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units

2. Controls

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. Include rated capacities, weights, furnished specialties, and accessories for each

model indicated.

2. Shop Drawings: Detail layout and installation of wall penetrations.

a. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and

differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

3. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricate and label refrigeration system to comply with ASHRAE 15, "Safety Code for

Mechanical Refrigeration."

B. Energy Efficiency Ratio: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1, "Energy

Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."

C. Coefficient of Performance: Equal to or greater than prescribed by ASHRAE 90.1,

"Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low-Rise Residential Buildings."

D. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section

that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the National Electrical Code,

Article 100.

2. Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI Standard 310/380-93 and certified by UL.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of units and wall construction where unit penetrates

wall or is supported by it.

1.05 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: The special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive the

Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract

Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made

by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

Page 178: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

B. Full Extended Four-Year Special Warranty: A written warranty, executed by the

manufacturer and signed by the Contractor, agreeing to replace components that fail in

materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period, provided

manufacturer's written instructions for installation, operation, and maintenance have

been followed.

1. Warranty Period, Sealed Refrigeration System: Manufacturers standard, but not less

than 5 years after date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. General Electric Company

2. Amana Carrier Corp.

3. Approved equal

2.02 PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONING UNITS

A. Description: Packaged, self-contained, through-the-wall terminal units with room

cabinet, electric refrigeration system, heating, and temperature controls; fully charged

with refrigerant.

B. Cabinet: Provide removable front panel with concealed latches.

1. Mounting: Wall with wall sleeve.

2. Finish: Manufacturer’s standard color.

3. Discharge Grille and Access Door: Provide discharge grille with hinged door in top

of cabinet for access to controls.

4. Subbase: Enameled steel with adjustable leveling feet and adjustable end plates.

5. Wall Sleeves: High strength polycarbonate construction.

6. Louvers: Extruded architectural aluminum construction with a baked enamel.

Color: Refer to exterior finish index.

C. Refrigeration System: Direct-expansion indoor coil with capillary restrictor,

hermetically sealed compressor with internal spring isolation, external isolation,

permanent-split-capacitor motor, and overload protection. Include the following:

1. Outdoor coil and fan.

2. Accumulator.

D. Air System: Forward-curved, centrifugal, indoor fans with two speed TEFC permanently

lubricated permanent-split-capacitor motor, permanent one-piece polyurethane

washable filters, return air indoor filter and outdoor vent filter and concealed operator

located under the front panel to manually open and close the outdoor vent.

E. Electric-Resistance Heating Coil: Nickel-chromium wire, electric-resistance heating

elements with contactor and high-temperature-limit switch.

Page 179: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

F. Condensate Drain: Slinger Technology used to pick up/disperse condensate to outdoor

coil for re-evaporation. In addition, provide auxiliary condensate drain kits for

connection to piped condensate drain system to a code approved location.

G. Outdoor Fan: Propeller type with corrosion resistant finish and separate permanent-

split-capacitor motor.

H. Coils: Aluminum plate fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes with all joints

brazed.

I. Electrical Requirements: See schedule on plans.

2.03 CONTROLS

A. Control Module: Unit-mounted adjustable thermostat with heat anticipator, off-heat-

auto-cool switch, and high-low fan switch and remote thermostat option.

2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 270, "Sound Rating of

Outdoor Unitary Equipment."

B. Unit Performance Ratings: Factory test to comply with ARI 310/380, "Packaged

Terminal Air-Conditioners and Heat Pumps."

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install units according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Coordinate installation of wall sleeves in finished wall assembly; seal and weatherproof.

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Electrical: Connect units to wiring systems and to ground as indicated and instructed by

manufacturer.

B. Ground equipment.

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published

torque-tightening values. Where manufacturer's torque values are not indicated,

use those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

3.03 CLEANING

A. After completing system installation, including outlet fittings and devices, inspect

exposed finish. Remove burrs, dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged

finishes including chips, scratches, and abrasions.

3.04 COMMISSIONING

A. After installation, check the following:

1. Unit is level on base and is flashed in exterior wall.

2. Unit casing has no visible damage.

3. Compressor, air-cooled condenser coil, and fans have no visible damage.

4. Set outdoor air vent damper to “closed” position.

Page 180: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

PACKAGED TERMINAL AIR CONDITIONERS 23 81 13-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

5. Condenser are clean and free of construction debris.

6. Controls are connected and operable, cycle unit through hi/lo fan and heat/cool

operation.

7. Shipping bolts, blocks, and tie-down straps are removed.

8. Return air and outdoor vent air filters are installed and clean.

9. Drain pan and slinger ring are functioning properly.

10. Effectively disable the temperature limiter stops.

B. Check fan-wheel rotation (evaporator and condenser) for correct direction without

vibration and binding.

C. Start unit according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Complete manufacturer's startup checks.

D. After starting and performance test, clean filters.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance

personnel.

1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures for starting and stopping

troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment.

END OF SECTION

Page 181: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 81 19 - FAN COIL UNITS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes

1. Packaged fan coil units, intended for indoor installations, with:

a. Externally Mounted Air-Cooled Condensers

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

1. Product Data:

a. Include rated capacities; shipping, installed, and operating weights; furnished

specialties; and accessories for each type of product indicated.

2. Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring and differentiate

between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

3. Warranties: Special warranties specified in this Section.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in

NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,

and marked for intended use.

B. System shall comply with requirements of ARI 410, AMCA 210, ASHRAE 15.

1.04 WARRANTY

A. General Warranty: Special warranty specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of

other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and

shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor

under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or

replace components of fan coil units that fail in materials or workmanship within

specified warranty period.

C. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Fan Coil Units:

a. Carrier

b. Trane

Page 182: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

c. Mitsubishi

d. LG

e. Approved Equal

2.02 PACKAGED UNITS

A. Description: Factory-assembled and -wired unit; consisting of cabinet, evaporator fan,

evaporator coil, air filters, and controls. See schedule on mechanical drawings for

additional information.

1. Condenser: Remote air-cooled condenser.

2.03 CABINET

A. Frame and Panels: Structural-steel frame with galvanized steel panels with baked-

enamel finish in color selected by Owner’s Representative, and with access doors or

panels.

B. Insulation: Minimum 1-inch thick, 1 ½ Lb/Ft 3 density fiberglass neoprene coated

acoustic duct liner on cabinet interior and control panel.

C. Drain Pan: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

D. Frame: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

E. Panels: Galvanized steel with corrosion-resistant coating.

2.04 EVAPORATOR FAN

A. Configuration: Forward-curved centrifugal fan; statically and dynamically balanced.

B. Vibration Isolation: Internal to unit.

C. Rating: As recommended by the manufacturer or a minimum of one and one-half times

nameplate rating of motor.

D. Motors: Open drip-proof with permanently sealed ball bearings, with factory installed

and wired internal thermal and current overloads and a minimum 1.15 resilient base

frame for motor isolation, factory run tested.

2.05 EVAPORATOR COIL

A. Direct-Expansion Coil: Seamless copper tubes expanded into aluminum fins.

B. Refrigeration Circuit: A separate circuit for each compressor, with externally equalized

thermal-expansion valve, filter-dryer, and charging valves.

2.06 REMOTE AIR-COOLED CONDENSER

A. Description: Factory assembled and tested; consisting of condenser coil, fans and

motors, and operating controls; suitable for roof mounting.

1. Condenser Coil: Aluminum-fin copper tube with integral sub-cooler; leak tested to

425 psig.

2. Condenser Fans: Direct-drive propeller type with permanently lubricated motors

with built-in thermal-overload protection.

Page 183: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3. Refrigerant Line Kits: Annealed-copper suction and liquid lines that are factory

cleaned, dried, pressurized, and sealed; insulated suction line; flared fittings at

evaporator end, no fitting at condenser end; and service valves for both suction and

liquid lines.

4. Low Ambient Control: Cycles fans and modulates condenser fan damper assembly

to permit operation down to 0 deg F.

2.07 HEATING COIL

A. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements with refractory

ceramic support bushings; automatic-reset thermal cutout; built-in magnetic contactors;

manual-reset thermal cutout; airflow proving device; and one-time fuses in terminal box

for over-current protection.

2.08 AIR FILTERS

A. Disposable Filters: 2-inch thick, glass-fiber, pleated panel filters.

2.09 CONTROLS

A. Control Package: Factory wired, including contactor, high- and low-pressure cutouts,

internal-winding thermostat for compressor, control-circuit transformer, and non-

cycling reset relay.

B. Time-Delay Relay: Five-minute delay to prevent compressor cycling.

C. Adjustable Digital Thermostat: Remote with securable cover in public spaces.

D. System Selector Switch: Off-Heat-Auto-Cool

E. Fan Control Switch: Auto-On

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install units level and plumb.

B. Isolation: Mount cabinet and remote air-cooled condenser on rubber-in-shear pads for

mounting under base of unit.

C. Install seismic restraints (where required).

3.02 CONNECTIONS

A. Install piping adjacent to unit to allow service and maintenance.

B. Unless otherwise indicated, connect piping with unions and shutoff valves to allow units

to be disconnected without draining piping. Refer to piping system Sections for specific

valve and specialty arrangements.

C. Ground equipment:

1. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published

torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use

those specified in UL 486A and UL 486B.

Page 184: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

FAN COIL UNITS 23 81 19-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Installation Inspection: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect

field-assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical

connections, and to prepare a written report of inspection.

B. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and retest

until no leaks exist.

C. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm

proper motor rotation and unit operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with

new components, and retest.

D. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and

equipment.

3.04 COMMISSIONING

A. Verify that units are installed and connected according to the Contract Documents.

B. Lubricate bearings, adjust belt tension, and change filters.

C. Perform startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions and do the

following:

1. Fill out manufacturer's checklists.

2. Check for unobstructed airflow over coils.

3. Check operation of condenser capacity-control device.

4. Verify that vibration isolation devices and flexible connectors dampen vibration

transmission to structure.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance

personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain units.

1. Conduct training as specified in Division 1 "Training”.

2. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and

stopping, troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining units.

END OF SECTION

Page 185: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-1

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

SECTION 23 81 26 - SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Split-System Air-Conditioning Units 5 Tons and Less

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 81 13 - Sustainable Design Requirements

2. Section 23 05 00 (15050) – Common Work Results for HVAC

3. Section 23 05 13 (15090) – Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment

4. Section 23 05 48 (15070) – Vibration and Seismic Control for HVAC Piping and

Equipment

5. Section 23 05 53 (15075) – Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment

6. Section 23 05 93 (15950) – Testing, Adjusting and Balancing for HVAC

7. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVAC

8. Section 23 09 00 (15900) – Instrumentation and Control for HVAC

9. Section 23 09 93 (15940) – Sequence of Operation for HVAC Controls

10. Division 23 23 00 (15183) – Refrigerant Piping

11. Section 25 51 10 – Integrated Automation Control of Guestroom Equipment

12. Division 26 (16) Sections for electrical connections.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. Air-Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI) Publications:

1. 210/240 “Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source Heat Pump”

2. 410 “Forced-Circulation Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils”

3. 1060 "Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers for Energy Recovery

Ventilation Heat Equipment"

B. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)

Publications:

1. 15 "Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration”

2. 62.1 “Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality (ANSI Approved)”

3. 90.1 “Energy Code for Commercial and High-Rise Residential Buildings”

C. ASTM International (ASTM) Publications: (Former American Society for Testing and

Materials)

1. B117 "Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus"

D. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Publications:

Page 186: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-2

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. ANSI/NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code”

E. New Buildings Institute (NBI) Publications:

1. “Core Performance Guide”

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and Division 01

Specification Sections.

2. Product Data: Include rated capacities, weights, furnished specialties, and

accessories for each model indicated.

3. Shop Drawings: Detail layout and installation of wall penetrations.

a. Wiring Diagrams: Detail wiring for power, signal, and control systems and

differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring.

4. Maintenance Data: For equipment to include in the maintenance manuals.

B. LEED Submittals:

1. Prerequisite EAp2: Minimum Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 90.1-2004, Section 6 – Heating, Ventilating and Air

Conditioning.

2. Prerequisite EAp3: Fundamental Refrigerant Management

a. Product Data indicating refrigerant compliance.

3. Credit EAc1: Optimize Energy Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with Advanced Buildings Core Performance

Guide Criteria 2.9 – Mechanical Equipment Efficiency Requirements

4. Prerequisite EQp1: Minimum IAQ Performance

a. Product Data indicating compliance with all applicable requirements in ANSI/

ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 5 – "Systems and Equipment."

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. AHRI Certification: Units and their components shall be factory tested according to the

applicable portions of AHRI 1060, " Performance Rating of Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers

for Energy Recovery Ventilation Heat Equipment," and AHRI 410, "Forced Circulation

Air-Cooling and Air-Heating Coils," and shall be listed and bear the label of the Air-

Conditioning, Heating and Refrigeration Institute (AHRI)."

C. UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide motors required as part of air-handling units that

are listed and labeled by UL and comply with applicable NEMA standards.

D. Comply with NFPA 70 for components and installation.

B. Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated components specified in this Section

that are listed and labeled.

1. The Terms "Listed" and "Labeled": As defined in the NFPA National Electrical Code,

Article 100.

Page 187: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-3

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

C. Comply with ASHRAE/IESNA Standard 62.1-2004, Section 7 – "Construction and

Startup."

1.03 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

D. Deliver units as factory-assembled units with protective crating and covering.

E. Coordinate delivery of units in sufficient time to allow movement into building.

F. Handle roof mounted units to comply with manufacturer's written rigging and

installation instructions for unloading and moving to final location.

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate layout and installation of units and wall or ceiling construction, where unit

penetrates wall or ceiling, or is supported by it.

B. Coordinate installation of roof curbs, equipment supports, and roof penetrations.

1.04 EXTRA MATERIALS

A. Furnish extra materials described in Section 01 78 43 (01790) “Spare Parts and

Materials” that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering

for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1.05 WARRANTY

C. General Warranty: The manufacturer shall warrant all equipment for a period of one (1)

year from date of substantial completion. Extended warranty specified in this Article

shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the

Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other

warranties made by Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents.

D. Extended Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to

replace components of rooftop air conditioners that fail in materials or workmanship

within specified warranty period.

1. Extended Warranty Period for Compressors: Manufacturer's standard, but not less

than five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Approved Manufacturers:

1. Trane

2. Carrier

3. Mitsubishi

4. Approved Equal

2.02 INDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS)

B. Concealed Evaporator-Fan Components:

1. Chassis: Galvanized steel with flanged edges, removable panels for servicing, and

insulation on back of panel.

Page 188: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-4

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

2. Insulation: Faced, glass-fiber duct liner.

3. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and

thermal-expansion valve. Comply with AHRI 210/240.

4. Water Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins spaced no closer

than 0.1 inch; leak tested to 300 psig underwater; with a two-position control valve.

5. Electric Coil: Helical, nickel-chrome, resistance-wire heating elements; with

refractory ceramic support bushings, automatic-reset thermal cutout, built-in

magnetic contactors, manual-reset thermal cutout, airflow proving device, and one-

time fuses in terminal box for overcurrent protection.

6. Fan: Forward-curved, double-width wheel of galvanized steel; directly connected to

motor.

7. Fan Motors:

a. Comply with NEMA designation, temperature rating, service factor, enclosure

type, and efficiency requirements specified in Section 23 05 13 "Common Motor

Requirements for HVAC Equipment."

b. Multitapped, multispeed with internal thermal protection and permanent

lubrication.

c. Wiring Terminations: Connect motor to chassis wiring with plug connection.

8. Airstream Surfaces: Surfaces in contact with the airstream shall comply with

requirements in ASHRAE 62.1-2004.

9. Filters: Permanent, cleanable.

10. Condensate Drain Pans:

a. Fabricated with one percent slope in at least two planes to collect condensate

from cooling coils (including coil piping connections, coil headers, and return

bends) and humidifiers, and to direct water toward drain connection.

1) Length: Extend drain pan downstream from leaving face to comply with

ASHRAE 62.1-2004.

2) Depth: A minimum of 2 inches deep.

b. Double-wall, stainless-steel sheet with space between walls filled with foam

insulation and moisture-tight seal.

c. Drain Connection: Located at lowest point of pan and sized to prevent

overflow. Terminate with threaded nipple on both ends of pan.

1) Minimum Connection Size: NPS 1.

d. Pan-Top Surface Coating: Asphaltic waterproofing compound.

e. Units with stacked coils shall have an intermediate drain pan to collect

condensate from top coil.

2.02 OUTDOOR UNITS (5 TONS OR LESS)

A. Air-Cooled, Compressor-Condenser Components:

Page 189: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-5

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Casing: Steel, finished with baked enamel, withstanding a 500-hour salt spray test

polyester powder coating, withstanding a 1,000-hour salt spray test per ASTM B117,

in color selected by Architect Owner’s Representative , with removable panels for

access to controls, weep holes for water drainage, and mounting holes in base.

Provide brass service valves, fittings, and gage ports on exterior of casing.

2. Compressor: Hermetically sealed with crankcase heater and mounted on vibration

isolation device. Compressor motor shall have thermal- and current-sensitive

overload devices, start capacitor, relay, and contactor.

a. Compressor Type: Scroll.

b. Two-speed compressor motor with manual-reset high-pressure switch and

automatic-reset low-pressure switch.

c. Refrigerant Charge: R-410A.

d. Refrigerant Coil: Copper tube, with mechanically bonded aluminum fins and

liquid subcooler. Comply with AHRI 210/240.

3. Fan: Aluminum-propeller type, directly connected to motor.

4. Motor: Permanently lubricated, with integral thermal-overload protection.

5. Low Ambient Kit: Permits operation down to 45 deg F.

6. Mounting Base: Polyethylene.

2.03 ACCESSORIES

A. Control equipment and sequence of operation are specified in Section 23 09 00

"Instrumentation and Controls for HVAC" and Section 23 09 93 "Sequence Of Operations

For HVAC Controls."

B. Thermostat: Low voltage with subbase to control compressor and evaporator fan.

C. Automatic-reset timer to prevent rapid cycling of compressor.

D. Refrigerant Line Kits: Soft-annealed copper suction and liquid lines factory cleaned,

dried, pressurized, and sealed; factory-insulated suction line with flared fittings at both

ends.

E. Drain Hose: For condensate.

F. Additional Monitoring:

1. Monitor constant and variable motor loads.

2. Monitor variable-frequency-drive operation.

3. Monitor economizer cycle.

4. Monitor cooling load.

5. Monitor air distribution static pressure and ventilation air volumes.

Page 190: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-6

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine roof for compliance with requirements for conditions affecting installation and

performance of roof mounted units. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory

conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Install units level and plumb.

B. Install evaporator-fan components using manufacturer's standard mounting devices

securely fastened to building structure.

C. Install ground-mounted, compressor-condenser components on 4-inch- thick, reinforced

concrete base that is 4 inches larger, on each side, than unit. Concrete, reinforcement,

and formwork are specified in Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete." Coordinate

anchor installation with concrete base.

D. Install roof-mounted, compressor-condenser components on prefabricated equipment

supports. Anchor units to supports with removable, cadmium-plated fasteners.

E. Install and connect refrigerant tubing to component's quick-connect fittings. Install

tubing to allow access to unit.

3.03 CONNECTIONS

A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 23 Sections. Drawings

indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

1. Water Coil Connections: Comply with requirements specified other Division 23

Sections. Connect hydronic piping to supply and return coil connections with

shutoff-duty valve and union or flange on the supply connection and with throttling-

duty valve and union or flange on the return connection.

B. Where piping is installed adjacent to unit, allow space for service and maintenance of

unit.

C. Duct Connections: Duct installation requirements are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air

Duct Accessories”. Drawings indicate the general arrangement of ducts. Connect supply

and return ducts to split-system air-conditioning units with flexible duct connectors.

Flexible duct connectors are specified in Section 23 33 00 "Air Duct Accessories."

3.04 CLEANING

A. Remove dirt, and construction debris, and repair damaged finishes including chips,

scratches, and abrasions.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL AND COMMISSIONING

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to

inspect, test, and adjust components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including

connections.

B. Perform tests and inspections.

Page 191: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications:

HAMPTON INN & SUITES GENE FONG ASSOCIATES

ANAHEIM, CA PROJECT NO. 1539

BID ISSUANCE 02/10/17

SPLIT-SYSTEM AIR-CONDITIONERS 23 81 26-7

Prepared by Emerald City Engineers, Inc.

1. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to

inspect components, assemblies, and equipment installations, including

connections, and to assist in testing.

C. Tests and Inspections:

1. Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and

retest until no leaks exist.

2. Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to confirm

proper motor rotation and unit operation.

3. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls

and equipment.

D. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

E. Prepare test and inspection reports.

F. Complete commissioning pre-functional testing and functional testing as part of this

work.

G. After starting and performance test, change filters.

3.06 STARTUP SERVICE

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.

1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written

instructions.

3.07 DEMONSTRATION

2.02.1.1 Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance

personnel.

2.02.1.1.1 Conduct training as specified in Section 01 79 00 "Training”.

1. Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to

startup and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventive maintenance.

2. Review data in the maintenance manuals.

END OF SECTION

Page 192: DIVISION 23 - Halberthalbertco.com/wp-content/.../04/Division-23-Heating... · DIVISION 23 HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR CONDITIONING. ... B. American Welding Society (AWS) Publications: